House
File
556
AN
ACT
RELATING
TO
STATUTORY
CORRECTIONS
WHICH
MAY
ADJUST
LANGUAGE
TO
REFLECT
CURRENT
PRACTICES,
INSERT
EARLIER
OMISSIONS,
DELETE
REDUNDANCIES
AND
INACCURACIES,
DELETE
TEMPORARY
LANGUAGE,
RESOLVE
INCONSISTENCIES
AND
CONFLICTS,
UPDATE
ONGOING
PROVISIONS,
OR
REMOVE
AMBIGUITIES.
BE
IT
ENACTED
BY
THE
GENERAL
ASSEMBLY
OF
THE
STATE
OF
IOWA:
DIVISION
I
MISCELLANEOUS
CHANGES
Section
1.
Section
3.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.4
Bills
——
approval
——
passage
over
veto.
1.
If
the
governor
approves
a
bill,
the
governor
shall
sign
and
date
it;
if
the
governor
returns
it
the
bill
with
objections
and
it
afterwards
passes
as
provided
in
the
Constitution,
a
certificate,
signed
by
the
presiding
officer
of
each
house
in
the
following
form,
shall
be
endorsed
thereon
on
or
attached
thereto
to
the
bill
:
“This
This
bill
(or
this
item
of
an
appropriation
bill,
as
the
case
may
be),
having
been
returned
by
the
governor,
with
objections,
to
the
house
in
which
it
originated,
and,
after
reconsideration,
having
again
passed
both
houses
by
yeas
and
House
File
556,
p.
2
nays
by
a
vote
of
two-thirds
of
the
members
of
each
house,
has
become
a
law
this
...
day
of
........
”
.
2.
An
“appropriation
bill”
means
a
bill
which
has
as
its
primary
purpose
the
making
of
appropriations
of
money
from
the
public
treasury.
Sec.
2.
Section
8A.402,
subsection
2,
paragraph
g,
subparagraph
(1),
subparagraph
division
(c),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(c)
In
this
paragraph
“g”
,
executive
branch
agencies,
except
the
department
of
public
safety,
shall
not
grant
a
supervisory
employee
with
the
right
to
replace
or
bump
a
junior
employee
not
being
laid
off
for
a
position
for
which
the
supervisory
employee
is
qualified.
Sec.
3.
Section
9I.12,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9I.12
Penalty
——
failure
to
timely
file.
A
civil
penalty
of
not
more
than
two
thousand
dollars
shall
be
imposed,
for
each
offense,
upon
a
nonresident
alien,
foreign
business
or
foreign
government,
or
an
agent,
trustee
or
other
fiduciary
thereof,
who
fails
to
timely
file
the
registration
as
required
by
section
9I.7
,
or
who
fails
to
timely
file
a
report
required
by
section
9I.8
shall,
for
each
offense,
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
two
thousand
dollars
.
Sec.
4.
Section
10B.4,
subsection
2,
paragraph
g,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
g.
If
the
reporting
entity
is
a
life
science
enterprise,
as
provided
in
chapter
10C
,
Code
2011,
as
that
chapter
exists
on
or
before
June
30,
2005,
the
total
amount
of
commercial
sale
of
life
science
products
and
products
other
than
life
science
products
which
are
produced
from
the
agricultural
land
held
by
the
life
science
enterprise.
Sec.
5.
Section
11.41,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
The
auditor
of
state,
when
conducting
any
audit
or
review
examination
required
or
permitted
by
this
chapter
,
shall
at
all
times
have
access
to
all
information,
records,
instrumentalities,
and
properties
used
in
the
performance
of
the
audited
or
reviewed
examined
entities’
statutory
duties
or
contractual
responsibilities.
All
audited
or
reviewed
examined
entities
shall
cooperate
with
the
auditor
of
state
in
the
performance
of
the
audit
or
review
examination
and
make
available
the
information,
records,
instrumentalities,
and
properties
upon
the
request
of
the
auditor
of
state.
House
File
556,
p.
3
Sec.
6.
Section
15.330,
subsection
9,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9.
A
report
submitted
to
the
authority
by
a
business
together
with
its
application
describing
all
violations
of
environmental
law
or
worker
safety
law
within
the
last
five
years.
If,
upon
review
of
the
application,
the
authority
finds
that
a
the
business
has
a
record
of
violations
of
the
law,
statutes,
rules,
or
regulations
that
tends
to
show
a
consistent
pattern,
the
authority
shall
not
provide
incentives
or
assistance
to
the
business
unless
the
authority
finds
either
that
the
violations
did
not
seriously
affect
public
health,
public
safety,
or
the
environment,
or,
if
such
violations
did
seriously
affect
public
health,
public
safety,
or
the
environment,
that
mitigating
circumstances
were
present.
Sec.
7.
NEW
SECTION
.
15.410
Definitions.
As
used
in
this
part,
unless
the
context
otherwise
requires:
1.
“Innovative
business”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
15E.52.
2.
“Internship”
means
temporary
employment
of
a
student
that
focuses
on
providing
the
student
with
work
experience
in
the
student’s
field
of
study.
Sec.
8.
Section
15.411,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
subsection.
Sec.
9.
Section
15E.232,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
ability
to
provide
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
dollar
contribution
of
local
matching
moneys
for
every
two
dollars
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
Sec.
10.
Section
15E.232,
subsections
3
and
4,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
An
economic
development
region
may
apply
for
financial
assistance
from
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
to
assist
an
existing
business
threatened
with
closure
due
to
a
potential
consolidation
to
an
out-of-state
location.
The
economic
development
region
may
apply
for
financial
assistance
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
for
the
purchase,
rehabilitation,
or
marketing
of
a
building
that
has
become
available
due
to
the
closing
of
an
existing
business
due
to
a
consolidation
to
an
out-of-state
location.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
subsection
,
an
economic
development
region
must
demonstrate
the
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
House
File
556,
p.
4
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
three
dollars
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
4.
An
economic
development
region
may
apply
for
financial
assistance
from
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
to
establish
and
operate
an
entrepreneurial
initiative.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
subsection
,
an
economic
development
region
must
demonstrate
the
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
two
dollars
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
Sec.
11.
Section
15E.232,
subsection
5,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
subsection
,
an
economic
development
region
must
demonstrate
the
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
two
dollars
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
Sec.
12.
Section
15E.233,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
An
approved
economic
enterprise
area
may
apply
to
the
authority
for
financial
assistance
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
15.335B
for
up
to
seventy-five
thousand
dollars
each
fiscal
year
during
the
fiscal
period
beginning
July
1,
2005,
and
ending
June
30,
2015,
for
any
of
the
following
purposes:
Sec.
13.
Section
15E.233,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
In
order
to
receive
financial
assistance
under
this
subsection
,
an
economic
enterprise
area
must
demonstrate
the
ability
to
provide
local
matching
moneys
on
a
basis
of
a
one
dollar
contribution
of
local
moneys
for
every
three
dollars
received
from
the
economic
development
a
fund
established
pursuant
to
section
15.335B
.
Sec.
14.
Section
16.195,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
16.195
Iowa
jobs
and
Iowa
jobs
II
program
application
review.
1.
Applications
for
assistance
under
the
Iowa
jobs
program
and
Iowa
jobs
II
program
shall
be
submitted
to
the
Iowa
finance
authority.
The
authority
shall
provide
a
staff
review
and
House
File
556,
p.
5
evaluation
of
applications
to
the
Iowa
jobs
program
review
committee
referred
to
in
subsection
2
and
to
the
Iowa
jobs
board.
2.
A
review
committee
composed
of
members
of
the
board
as
determined
by
the
board
shall
review
Iowa
jobs
and
Iowa
jobs
II
program
applications
submitted
to
the
board
and
make
recommendations
regarding
the
applications
to
the
board.
When
reviewing
the
applications,
the
review
committee
and
the
authority
shall
consider
the
project
criteria
specified
in
sections
16.194
and
16.194A
.
The
board
shall
develop
the
appropriate
level
of
transparency
regarding
project
fund
allocations.
3.
Upon
approval
of
an
application
for
financial
assistance
under
the
program
programs
,
the
board
shall
notify
the
treasurer
of
state
regarding
the
amount
of
moneys
needed
to
satisfy
the
award
of
financial
assistance
and
the
terms
of
the
award.
The
treasurer
of
state
shall
notify
the
Iowa
finance
authority
any
time
moneys
are
disbursed
to
a
recipient
of
financial
assistance
under
the
program
programs
.
Sec.
15.
Section
17A.7,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
Beginning
July
1,
2012,
over
each
five-year
period
of
time,
an
agency
shall
conduct
an
ongoing
and
comprehensive
review
of
all
of
the
agency’s
rules.
The
goal
of
the
review
is
the
identification
and
elimination
of
all
rules
of
the
agency
that
are
outdated,
redundant,
or
inconsistent
or
incompatible
with
statute
or
its
own
rules
or
those
of
other
agencies.
An
agency
shall
commence
its
review
by
developing
a
plan
of
review
in
consultation
with
major
stakeholders
and
constituent
groups.
When
the
agency
completes
its
the
five-year
review
of
its
the
agency’s
own
rules,
the
agency
shall
provide
a
summary
of
the
results
to
the
administrative
rules
coordinator
and
the
administrative
rules
review
committee.
Sec.
16.
Section
26.3,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
If
the
estimated
total
cost
of
a
public
improvement
exceeds
the
competitive
bid
threshold
of
one
hundred
thousand
dollars,
or
the
adjusted
competitive
bid
threshold
established
in
section
314.1B
,
the
governmental
entity
shall
advertise
for
sealed
bids
for
the
proposed
public
improvement
by
publishing
a
notice
to
bidders.
The
notice
to
bidders
shall
be
published
at
least
once,
not
less
than
four
and
not
more
than
forty-five
days
before
the
date
for
filing
bids,
in
a
House
File
556,
p.
6
newspaper
published
at
least
once
weekly
and
having
general
circulation
in
the
geographic
area
served
by
the
governmental
entity.
Additionally,
the
governmental
entity
may
publish
a
notice
in
a
relevant
contractor
organization
publication
and
a
relevant
contractor
plan
room
service
with
statewide
circulation,
provided
that
a
notice
is
posted
on
a
website
an
internet
site
sponsored
by
either
a
governmental
entity
or
a
statewide
association
that
represents
the
governmental
entity.
Sec.
17.
Section
28D.4,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4.
Any
employee
who
participates
in
an
exchange
under
the
terms
of
this
section
who
suffers
disability
or
death
as
a
result
of
personal
injury
arising
out
of
and
in
the
course
of
an
exchange,
or
sustained
in
performance
of
duties
in
connection
therewith,
shall
be
treated,
for
the
purposes
of
the
sending
agency’s
employee
compensation
program,
as
an
employee,
as
defined
in
such
Act
compensation
program
,
who
has
sustained
such
injury
in
the
performance
of
such
duty,
but
shall
not
receive
benefits
under
that
Act
compensation
program
for
any
period
for
which
the
employee
is
entitled
to
and
elects
to
receive
similar
benefits
under
the
receiving
agency’s
employee
compensation
program.
Sec.
18.
Section
28D.6,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4.
Any
employee
of
a
sending
agency
assigned
in
this
state
who
suffers
disability
or
death
as
a
result
of
personal
injury
arising
out
of
and
in
the
course
of
such
assignment,
or
sustained
in
the
performance
of
duties
in
connection
therewith,
shall
be
treated
for
the
purpose
of
receiving
agency’s
employee
compensation
program,
as
an
employee,
as
defined
in
such
Act
compensation
program
,
who
has
sustained
such
injury
in
the
performance
of
such
duty,
but
shall
not
receive
benefits
under
that
Act
compensation
program
for
any
period
for
which
the
employee
elects
to
receive
similar
benefits
as
an
employee
under
the
sending
agency’s
employee
compensation
program.
Sec.
19.
Section
28J.18,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
28J.18
Revenue
bonds
are
lawful
investments.
Port
authority
revenue
bonds
issued
pursuant
to
this
chapter
are
lawful
investments
of
banks,
credit
unions,
trust
companies,
savings
associations,
deposit
guaranty
associations,
insurance
companies,
trustees,
fiduciaries,
trustees
or
other
officers
having
charge
of
the
bond
retirement
funds
or
sinking
House
File
556,
p.
7
funds
of
port
authorities
and
governmental
agencies,
and
taxing
districts
of
this
state,
the
pension
and
annuity
retirement
system,
the
Iowa
public
employees’
retirement
system,
the
police
and
fire
retirement
systems
under
chapters
410
and
411
,
or
a
revolving
fund
of
a
governmental
agency
of
this
state,
and
are
acceptable
as
security
for
the
deposit
of
public
funds
under
chapter
12C
.
Sec.
20.
Section
29A.42,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
Any
person
who
shall
molest,
or
interfere
with
any
member
of
the
national
guard,
in
the
discharge
of
the
member’s
duty
shall
be
guilty
of
interference
with
official
acts
which
is
section
719.1
,
subsection
1
.
The
commanding
officer
of
such
force
may
order
the
arrest
of
such
person
and
cause
the
person
to
be
delivered
to
a
peace
officer
or
magistrate.
Sec.
21.
Section
35A.20,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
department
may
expend
not
more
than
six
hundred
dollars
per
year
for
any
one
child
who
has
lived
in
the
state
of
Iowa
for
two
years
preceding
application
for
state
educational
assistance,
and
who
is
the
child
of
a
person
who
died
prior
to
September
11,
2001,
during
active
federal
military
service
active
duty
while
serving
in
the
armed
forces
or
during
active
federal
military
service
active
duty
in
the
Iowa
national
guard
or
other
military
component
of
the
United
States,
to
defray
the
expenses
of
tuition,
matriculation,
laboratory
and
similar
fees,
books
and
supplies,
board,
lodging,
and
any
other
reasonably
necessary
expense
for
the
child
or
children
incident
to
attendance
in
this
state
at
an
educational
or
training
institution
of
college
grade,
or
in
a
business
or
vocational
training
school
with
standards
approved
by
the
department.
Sec.
22.
Section
35A.20,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
Upon
application
by
a
child
who
is
less
than
thirty-one
years
of
age,
and
who
is
the
child
of
a
person
who
died
on
or
after
September
11,
2001,
during
active
federal
military
service
active
duty
while
serving
in
the
armed
forces
or
during
active
federal
military
service
active
duty
in
the
Iowa
national
guard
or
other
military
component
of
the
United
States,
and
who
at
the
time
of
entering
into
federal
active
military
service
duty
had
maintained
the
person’s
residence
in
the
state
for
a
period
of
at
least
six
months
immediately
before
entering
into
federal
active
military
service
duty
,
House
File
556,
p.
8
the
department
shall
provide
state
educational
assistance
in
an
amount
of
no
more
than
the
highest
resident
undergraduate
tuition
rate
established
per
year
for
an
institution
of
higher
learning
under
the
control
of
the
state
board
of
regents
less
the
amount
of
any
state
and
federal
education
benefits,
grants,
or
scholarships
received
by
the
child,
or
the
amount
of
the
child’s
established
financial
need,
whichever
is
less,
to
defray
the
expenses
of
tuition
at
any
postsecondary
educational
institution
in
this
state.
Sec.
23.
Section
96.19,
subsection
18,
paragraph
g,
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(1)
Service
performed
in
the
employ
of
any
other
state
or
its
political
subdivisions,
or
of
the
United
States
government,
or
of
an
instrumentality
of
any
other
state
or
states
or
their
political
subdivisions
or
of
the
United
States;
provided,
however,
that
the
general
language
just
used
shall
not
include
any
such
instrumentality
of
the
United
States
after
Congress
has,
by
appropriate
legal
action,
expressly
permitted
the
several
states
to
require
such
instrumentalities
to
make
payments
into
an
employment
fund
under
a
state
unemployment
compensation
law;
and
all
such
instrumentalities
so
released
from
the
constitutional
immunity
to
make
the
contributions,
imposed
by
this
chapter
shall,
thereafter,
become
subject
to
all
the
provisions
of
said
chapter,
and
such
provisions
shall
then
be
applicable
to
such
instrumentalities
and
to
all
services
performed
for
such
instrumentalities
in
the
same
manner,
to
the
same
extent
and
on
the
same
terms
as
are
applicable
to
all
other
employers,
employing
units,
individuals
,
and
services.
Should
the
social
security
board
administration
,
acting
under
section
1603
of
the
federal
Internal
Revenue
Code,
fail
to
certify
the
state
of
Iowa
for
any
particular
calendar
year,
then
the
payments
required
of
such
instrumentalities
with
respect
to
such
year
shall
be
refunded
by
the
department
from
the
fund
in
the
same
manner
and
within
the
same
period
as
is
provided
for
in
section
96.14,
subsection
5
,
which
section
provides
for
the
refunding
of
contributions
erroneously
collected.
Sec.
24.
Section
124.201,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4.
If
any
new
substance
is
designated
as
a
controlled
substance
under
federal
law
and
notice
of
the
designation
is
given
to
the
board,
the
board
shall
similarly
designate
as
controlled
the
new
substance
under
this
chapter
after
the
House
File
556,
p.
9
expiration
of
thirty
days
from
publication
in
the
Federal
Register
of
a
final
order
designating
a
new
substance
as
a
controlled
substance,
unless
within
that
thirty-day
period
the
board
objects
to
the
new
designation.
In
that
case
the
board
shall
publish
the
reasons
for
objection
and
afford
all
interested
parties
an
opportunity
to
be
heard.
At
the
conclusion
of
the
hearing
the
board
shall
announce
its
decision.
Upon
publication
of
objection
to
a
new
substance
being
designated
as
a
controlled
substance
under
this
chapter
by
the
board,
control
under
this
chapter
is
stayed
until
the
board
publishes
its
decision.
If
a
substance
is
designated
as
controlled
by
the
board
under
this
subsection
the
control
shall
be
temporary
and
if
,
within
sixty
days
after
the
next
regular
session
of
the
general
assembly
convenes
it
,
the
general
assembly
has
not
made
the
corresponding
changes
in
this
chapter
,
the
temporary
designation
of
control
of
the
substance
by
the
board
shall
be
nullified.
Sec.
25.
Section
125.86,
subsection
3,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
An
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner
who
is
not
certified
as
a
psychiatric
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner
but
who
meets
the
qualifications
set
forth
in
the
definition
of
a
mental
health
professional
in
section
228.1
on
July
1,
2008
,
may
complete
periodic
reports
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
.
Sec.
26.
Section
135C.1,
subsection
9,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9.
“Intermediate
care
facility
for
persons
with
an
intellectual
disability”
means
an
institution
or
distinct
part
of
an
institution
with
a
primary
purpose
to
provide
health
or
rehabilitative
services
to
three
or
more
individuals,
who
primarily
have
an
intellectual
disability
or
a
related
condition
and
who
are
not
related
to
the
administrator
or
owner
within
the
third
degree
of
consanguinity,
and
which
meets
the
requirements
of
this
chapter
and
federal
standards
for
intermediate
care
facilities
for
persons
with
an
intellectual
disability
established
pursuant
to
the
federal
Social
Security
Act,
§
1905(c)(d),
as
codified
in
42
U.S.C.
§
1936d
1396d
,
which
are
contained
in
42
C.F.R.
pt.
483,
subpt.
D,
§
410
–
480.
Sec.
27.
Section
135C.6,
subsection
8,
paragraph
c,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
A
residential
program
approved
by
the
department
of
human
House
File
556,
p.
10
services
pursuant
to
this
paragraph
“c”
to
receive
moneys
appropriated
to
the
department
of
human
services
under
provisions
of
a
federally
approved
home
and
community-based
services
waiver
for
persons
with
an
intellectual
disabilities
disability
may
provide
care
to
not
more
than
five
individuals.
The
department
shall
approve
a
residential
program
under
this
paragraph
that
complies
with
all
of
the
following
conditions:
Sec.
28.
Section
142.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
142.3
Notification
of
department.
Every
county
medical
examiner,
funeral
director
or
embalmer,
and
the
managing
officer
of
every
public
asylum,
hospital,
county
care
facility,
penitentiary,
or
reformatory,
as
soon
as
any
dead
body
shall
come
into
the
person’s
custody
which
may
be
used
for
scientific
purposes
as
provided
in
sections
142.1
and
142.2
,
shall
at
once
notify
the
nearest
relative
or
friend
of
the
deceased,
if
known,
and
the
Iowa
department
of
public
health
by
telegram
,
and
hold
such
body
unburied
for
forty-eight
hours.
Upon
receipt
of
such
telegram
notification,
the
department
shall
telegraph
issue
verbal
or
written
instructions
relative
to
the
disposition
to
be
made
of
said
body.
Complete
jurisdiction
over
said
bodies
is
vested
exclusively
in
the
Iowa
department
of
public
health.
No
autopsy
or
post
mortem,
except
as
are
legally
ordered
by
county
medical
examiners,
shall
be
performed
on
any
of
said
bodies
prior
to
their
delivery
to
the
medical
schools.
Sec.
29.
Section
144.29A,
subsections
7,
8,
and
9,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“health
care
provider”
:
a.
“Health
care
provider”
means
an
individual
licensed
under
chapter
148
,
148C
,
148D
,
or
152
,
or
any
individual
who
provides
medical
services
under
the
authorization
of
the
licensee.
8.
b.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“inducing
a
termination
of
pregnancy”
“Inducing
a
termination
of
pregnancy”
means
the
use
of
any
means
to
terminate
the
pregnancy
of
a
woman
known
to
be
pregnant
with
the
intent
other
than
to
produce
a
live
birth
or
to
remove
a
dead
fetus.
9.
c.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“spontaneous
termination
of
pregnancy”
“Spontaneous
termination
of
pregnancy”
means
the
occurrence
of
an
unintended
termination
of
pregnancy
at
any
time
during
the
period
from
conception
to
twenty
weeks
gestation
and
which
is
not
a
spontaneous
termination
of
pregnancy
at
any
time
during
the
period
from
twenty
weeks
or
House
File
556,
p.
11
greater
which
is
reported
to
the
department
as
a
fetal
death
under
this
chapter
.
Sec.
30.
Section
152B.1,
subsection
8,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
Is
capable
of
serving
as
a
resource
to
the
physician
or
surgeon
in
relation
to
the
technical
aspects
of
cardiorespiratory
care
and
to
safe
and
effective
methods
for
administering
respiratory
care
modalities.
Sec.
31.
Section
152B.2,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
“Respiratory
care
as
a
practice”
does
not
include
the
delivery,
assembly,
setup,
testing,
or
demonstration
of
respiratory
care
equipment
in
the
home
upon
the
order
of
a
licensed
physician
or
surgeon
or
a
qualified
health
care
professional
prescriber.
As
used
in
this
paragraph,
“demonstration”
does
not
include
the
actual
teaching,
administration,
or
performance
of
the
respiratory
care
procedures.
Sec.
32.
Section
161A.61,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
The
commissioners
of
the
soil
and
water
conservation
district
in
which
that
a
farm
unit
is
located
may
petition
the
district
court
for
an
appropriate
order
with
respect
to
that
farm
unit
if
its
owner
or
occupant
has
been
sent
a
notice
by
the
commissioners
under
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“b”
,
for
three
or
more
consecutive
years.
The
commissioners’
petition
shall
seek
a
court
order
which
states
a
time
not
more
than
six
months
after
the
date
of
the
order
when
the
owner
or
occupant
must
commence,
and
a
time
when
the
owner
or
occupant
must
complete
the
steps
necessary
to
comply
with
the
order.
The
time
allowed
to
complete
the
establishment
of
a
temporary
soil
and
water
conservation
practice
employed
to
comply
or
advance
toward
compliance
with
the
court’s
order
shall
be
not
more
than
one
year
after
the
date
of
that
order,
and
the
time
allowed
to
complete
the
establishment
of
a
permanent
soil
and
water
conservation
practice
employed
to
comply
with
the
court’s
order
shall
be
not
more
than
five
years
after
the
date
of
that
order.
Section
161A.48
applies
to
a
court
order
issued
under
this
subsection
.
The
steps
required
of
the
farm
unit
owner
or
operator
by
the
court
order
are
those
which
are
necessary
to
do
one
of
the
following:
Sec.
33.
Section
203.10,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
House
File
556,
p.
12
c.
The
expiration
of
the
license
according
to
the
terms
of
the
license
as
provided
in
this
chapter
,
including
a
rule
adopted
in
accordance
with
this
chapter
,
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
.
Sec.
34.
Section
203C.10,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
The
expiration
of
the
license
according
to
the
terms
of
the
license
as
provided
in
this
chapter
,
including
a
rule
adopted
in
accordance
with
this
chapter
,
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
.
Sec.
35.
Section
203C.16,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
a.
The
storage
of
bulk
grain
by
more
than
one
person,
if
all
of
the
following
apply:
a.
(1)
The
bulk
grain
was
jointly
produced
by
all
persons
storing
the
grain.
As
used
in
this
subsection
,
“jointly
produced”
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
grain
owned
by
a
landlord
who
receives
a
share
of
agricultural
products
as
rent.
b.
(2)
The
bulk
grain
is
stored
on
the
property
owned
or
leased
by
one
of
the
persons
jointly
producing
the
grain.
c.
(3)
No
person
other
than
persons
jointly
producing
the
grain
owns
the
stored
bulk
grain.
b.
As
used
in
this
subsection,
“jointly
produced”
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
grain
owned
by
a
landlord
who
receives
a
share
of
agricultural
products
as
rent.
Sec.
36.
Section
207.2,
subsection
10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
10.
“Prime
farmland”
means
the
same
as
prescribed
by
the
United
States
department
of
agriculture
pursuant
to
7
C.F.R.
§
567.5(a)
657.5(a)
.
Sec.
37.
Section
208A.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
208A.1
Definitions.
As
used
in
this
chapter
,
unless
the
context
or
subject
matter
otherwise
requires:
(1)
1.
“Antifreeze”
shall
include
all
substances
and
preparations
intended
for
use
as
the
cooling
medium,
or
to
be
added
to
the
cooling
liquid,
in
the
cooling
system
of
internal
combustion
engines
to
prevent
freezing
of
the
cooling
liquid
or
to
lower
its
freezing
point
;
and
(2)
“person”
.
2.
“Person”
shall
include
individuals,
partnerships,
corporations,
companies,
and
associations.
Sec.
38.
Section
208A.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
House
File
556,
p.
13
follows:
208A.2
What
deemed
adulterated.
An
antifreeze
shall
be
deemed
to
be
adulterated
if
either
of
the
following
apply
:
(1)
If
it
1.
It
consists
in
whole
or
in
part
of
any
substance
which
will
render
it
injurious
to
the
cooling
system
of
an
internal
combustion
engine
or
will
make
the
operation
of
the
engine
dangerous
to
the
user
;
or
(2)
if
its
.
2.
Its
strength,
quality,
or
purity
falls
below
the
standard
of
strength,
quality,
or
purity
under
which
it
is
sold.
Sec.
39.
Section
208A.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
208A.3
What
deemed
misbranded.
An
antifreeze
shall
be
deemed
to
be
misbranded
if
either
of
the
following
apply
:
(1)
If
its
1.
Its
labeling
is
false
or
misleading
in
any
particular
;
or
(2)
if
in
.
2.
In
package
form
it
does
not
bear
a
label
containing
the
name
and
place
of
business
of
the
manufacturer,
packer,
seller
,
or
distributor
and
an
accurate
statement
of
the
quantity
of
the
contents
in
terms
of
weight
or
measure
on
the
outside
of
the
package.
Sec.
40.
Section
214A.1,
subsection
17,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
subsection.
Sec.
41.
Section
215.7,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
The
person
makes
a
settlement
for
or
enters
a
credit,
based
upon
any
false
weight
or
measurement,
for
any
commodity
purchased.
Sec.
42.
Section
217.17,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
217.17
Administrator
of
division
of
planning.
The
administrator
of
the
division
of
planning,
research,
and
statistics
shall
be
qualified
in
the
general
field
of
governmental
planning
with
special
training
and
experience
in
the
areas
of
preparation
and
development
of
plans
for
future
efficient
reorganization
and
administration
of
government
social
functions.
The
administrator
of
the
division
of
planning,
research,
and
statistics
shall
cooperate
with
the
administrators
of
the
other
divisions
of
the
department
of
human
services
,
assisting
them
and
the
director
of
the
department
in
their
planning,
research,
and
statistical
problems.
The
administrator
of
the
division
of
planning,
House
File
556,
p.
14
research,
and
statistics
shall
assist
the
administrators,
director,
and
the
council
on
human
services
by
proposing
administrative
and
organizational
changes
at
both
the
state
and
local
level
to
provide
more
efficient
and
integrated
social
services
to
the
citizens
of
this
state.
The
planning,
research,
and
statistical
operations
now
forming
an
integral
part
of
the
present
state
functions
assigned
to
the
administrators
of
this
department
along
with
their
future
needs
in
this
regard
are
all
assigned
to
and
shall
be
administered
by
the
administrator
of
this
the
division.
Sec.
43.
Section
217.30,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
Information
described
in
subsection
1
shall
not
be
disclosed
to
or
used
by
any
person
or
agency
except
for
purposes
of
administration
of
the
programs
of
services
or
assistance,
and
shall
not
in
any
case,
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
subsection
4
,
paragraph
“b”
,
be
disclosed
to
or
used
by
persons
or
agencies
outside
the
department
unless
they
are
subject
to
standards
of
confidentiality
comparable
to
those
imposed
on
the
department
by
this
division
section
.
Sec.
44.
Section
217.31,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
Any
reasonable
grounds
that
a
public
employee
has
violated
any
provision
of
this
division
section
217.30
shall
be
grounds
for
immediate
removal
from
access
of
any
kind
to
confidential
records
or
suspension
from
duty
without
pay.
Sec.
45.
Section
222.13,
subsection
1,
Code
2011,
as
amended
by
2012
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
1120,
section
70,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
If
an
adult
person
is
believed
to
be
a
person
with
mental
retardation,
the
adult
person
or
the
adult
person’s
guardian
may
submit
a
request
in
writing
through
the
central
point
of
coordination
process
for
the
county
board
of
supervisors
of
the
adult
person’s
county
of
residence
in
writing
to
apply
to
the
superintendent
of
any
state
resource
center
for
the
voluntary
admission
of
the
adult
person
either
as
an
inpatient
or
an
outpatient
of
the
resource
center.
The
board
of
supervisors
shall,
on
forms
prescribed
by
the
department’s
administrator,
apply
to
the
superintendent
of
the
resource
center
in
the
district
for
the
admission
of
the
adult
person
to
the
resource
center.
An
application
for
admission
to
a
special
unit
of
any
adult
person
believed
to
be
in
need
of
any
of
the
services
provided
by
the
special
unit
under
section
222.88
may
be
made
House
File
556,
p.
15
in
the
same
manner,
upon
request
of
the
adult
person
or
the
adult
person’s
guardian.
The
superintendent
shall
accept
the
application
if
a
preadmission
diagnostic
evaluation,
performed
through
the
central
point
of
coordination
process,
confirms
or
establishes
the
need
for
admission,
except
that
an
application
shall
not
be
accepted
if
the
institution
does
not
have
adequate
facilities
available
or
if
the
acceptance
will
result
in
an
overcrowded
condition.
Sec.
46.
Section
222.27,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
222.27
Hearing
in
public.
Hearings
shall
be
public,
unless
otherwise
requested
by
the
parent,
guardian,
or
other
person
having
the
custody
of
the
person
with
an
intellectual
disability,
or
if
the
judge
considers
,
a
closed
hearing
in
the
best
interests
of
the
person
with
an
intellectual
disability.
Sec.
47.
Section
225.10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
225.10
Voluntary
public
patients.
Persons
suffering
from
mental
diseases
may
be
admitted
to
the
state
psychiatric
hospital
as
voluntary
public
patients
as
follows:
Any
if
a
physician
authorized
to
practice
medicine
or
osteopathic
medicine
in
the
state
of
Iowa
may
file
files
information
with
the
board
of
supervisors
of
the
person’s
county
of
residence
or
the
board’s
designee,
stating
that
all
of
the
following:
1.
That
the
physician
has
examined
the
person
and
finds
that
the
person
is
suffering
from
some
abnormal
mental
condition
that
can
probably
be
remedied
by
observation,
treatment,
and
hospital
care
;
that
.
2.
That
the
physician
believes
it
would
be
appropriate
for
the
person
to
enter
the
state
psychiatric
hospital
for
that
purpose
and
that
the
person
is
willing
to
do
so
;
and
that
.
3.
That
neither
the
person
nor
those
legally
responsible
for
the
person
are
able
to
provide
the
means
for
the
observation,
treatment,
and
hospital
care.
Sec.
48.
Section
225C.4,
subsection
1,
paragraph
o,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
o.
Recommend
to
the
commission
minimum
accreditation
standards
for
the
maintenance
and
operation
of
community
mental
health
centers,
services,
and
programs
under
section
230A.16
230A.110
.
The
administrator’s
review
and
evaluation
of
the
centers,
services,
and
programs
for
compliance
with
the
adopted
House
File
556,
p.
16
standards
shall
be
as
provided
in
section
230A.17
230A.111
.
Sec.
49.
Section
225C.6,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
Adopt
standards
for
community
mental
health
centers,
services,
and
programs
as
recommended
under
section
230A.16
230A.110
.
The
administrator
shall
determine
whether
to
grant,
deny,
or
revoke
the
accreditation
of
the
centers,
services,
and
programs.
Sec.
50.
Section
225C.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
225C.15
County
implementation
of
evaluations.
The
board
of
supervisors
of
a
county
shall,
no
later
than
July
1,
1982,
require
that
the
policy
stated
in
section
225C.14
be
followed
with
respect
to
admission
of
persons
from
that
county
to
a
state
mental
health
institute.
A
community
mental
health
center
which
is
supported,
directly
or
in
affiliation
with
other
counties,
by
that
county
may
perform
the
preliminary
diagnostic
evaluations
for
that
county,
unless
the
performance
of
the
evaluations
is
not
covered
by
the
agreement
entered
into
by
the
county
and
the
center
under
section
230A.12
,
and
the
center’s
director
certifies
to
the
board
of
supervisors
that
the
center
does
not
have
the
capacity
to
perform
the
evaluations,
in
which
case
the
board
of
supervisors
shall
proceed
under
section
225C.17
.
Sec.
51.
Section
228.6,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
mental
health
professional
or
an
employee
of
or
agent
for
a
mental
health
facility
may
disclose
mental
health
information
if
and
to
the
extent
necessary,
to
meet
the
requirements
of
section
229.24
,
229.25
,
230.20
,
230.21
,
230.25
,
230.26
,
230A.13
,
230A.108,
232.74
,
or
232.147
,
or
to
meet
the
compulsory
reporting
or
disclosure
requirements
of
other
state
or
federal
law
relating
to
the
protection
of
human
health
and
safety.
Sec.
52.
Section
229.13,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5.
The
chief
medical
officer
of
the
hospital
or
facility
at
which
the
respondent
is
placed
shall
report
to
the
court
no
more
than
fifteen
days
after
the
respondent
is
placed,
making
a
recommendation
for
disposition
of
the
matter.
An
extension
of
time
may
be
granted,
not
to
exceed
seven
days
upon
a
showing
of
cause.
A
copy
of
the
report
shall
be
sent
to
the
respondent’s
attorney,
who
may
contest
the
need
for
an
extension
of
time
House
File
556,
p.
17
if
one
is
requested.
An
extension
of
time
shall
be
granted
upon
request
unless
the
request
is
contested,
in
which
case
the
court
shall
make
such
inquiry
as
it
deems
appropriate
and
may
either
order
the
respondent’s
release
from
the
hospital
or
facility
or
grant
an
extension
of
time
for
psychiatric
evaluation.
If
the
chief
medical
officer
fails
to
report
to
the
court
within
fifteen
days
after
the
individual
is
placed
under
the
care
of
the
hospital
or
facility,
and
an
extension
of
time
has
not
been
requested,
the
chief
medical
officer
is
guilty
of
contempt
and
shall
be
punished
under
chapter
665
.
The
court
shall
order
a
rehearing
on
the
application
to
determine
whether
the
respondent
should
continue
to
be
detained
at
or
placed
under
the
care
of
the
hospital
or
facility.
Sec.
53.
Section
229.15,
subsection
3,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
An
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner
who
is
not
certified
as
a
psychiatric
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner
but
who
meets
the
qualifications
set
forth
in
the
definition
of
a
mental
health
professional
in
section
228.1
on
July
1,
2008
,
may
complete
periodic
reports
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
.
Sec.
54.
Section
229.22,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
If
the
magistrate
orders
that
the
person
be
detained,
the
magistrate
shall,
by
the
close
of
business
on
the
next
working
day,
file
a
written
order
with
the
clerk
in
the
county
where
it
is
anticipated
that
an
application
may
be
filed
under
section
229.6
.
The
order
may
be
filed
by
facsimile
if
necessary.
A
peace
officer
from
the
law
enforcement
agency
that
took
the
person
into
custody,
if
no
request
was
made
under
paragraph
“a”
,
may
inform
the
magistrate
that
an
arrest
warrant
has
been
issued
for
or
charges
are
pending
against
the
person
and
request
that
any
written
order
issued
under
this
paragraph
require
the
facility
or
hospital
to
notify
the
law
enforcement
agency
about
the
discharge
of
the
person
prior
to
discharge.
The
order
shall
state
the
circumstances
under
which
the
person
was
taken
into
custody
or
otherwise
brought
to
a
facility
or
hospital,
and
the
grounds
supporting
the
finding
of
probable
cause
to
believe
that
the
person
is
seriously
mentally
impaired
and
likely
to
injure
the
person’s
self
or
others
if
not
immediately
detained.
The
order
shall
also
include
any
law
enforcement
agency
notification
requirements
if
applicable.
The
order
shall
confirm
the
oral
order
authorizing
House
File
556,
p.
18
the
person’s
detention
including
any
order
given
to
transport
the
person
to
an
appropriate
facility
or
hospital
.
A
peace
officer
from
the
law
enforcement
agency
that
took
the
person
into
custody
may
also
request
an
order,
separate
from
the
written
order,
requiring
the
facility
or
hospital
to
notify
the
law
enforcement
agency
about
the
discharge
of
the
person
prior
to
discharge.
The
clerk
shall
provide
a
copy
of
the
written
order
or
any
separate
order
to
the
chief
medical
officer
of
the
facility
or
hospital
to
which
the
person
was
originally
taken,
to
any
subsequent
facility
to
which
the
person
was
transported,
and
to
any
law
enforcement
department
or
ambulance
service
that
transported
the
person
pursuant
to
the
magistrate’s
order.
Sec.
55.
Section
230.33,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
Provided
that
However,
in
the
case
of
a
proposed
transfer
of
a
person
with
mental
illness
or
an
intellectual
disability
from
this
state
,
that
no
final
action
shall
not
be
taken
without
the
approval
either
of
the
commission
of
hospitalization,
or
of
the
district
court,
of
the
county
of
admission
or
commitment.
Sec.
56.
Section
230A.105,
subsection
1,
paragraph
e,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
e.
Individuals
described
in
paragraph
“a”
,
“b”
,
“c”
,
or
“d”
who
have
a
co-occurring
disorder,
including
but
not
limited
to
substance
abuse,
mental
retardation
intellectual
disability
,
a
developmental
disability,
brain
injury,
autism
spectrum
disorder,
or
another
disability
or
special
health
care
need.
Sec.
57.
Section
230A.110,
subsection
3,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
Arrange
for
the
financial
condition
and
transactions
of
the
community
mental
health
center
to
be
audited
once
each
year
by
the
auditor
of
state.
However,
in
lieu
of
an
audit
by
state
accountants
the
auditor
of
state
,
the
local
governing
body
of
a
community
mental
health
center
organized
under
this
chapter
may
contract
with
or
employ
certified
public
accountants
to
conduct
the
audit,
pursuant
to
the
applicable
terms
and
conditions
prescribed
by
sections
11.6
and
11.19
and
audit
format
prescribed
by
the
auditor
of
state.
Copies
of
each
audit
shall
be
furnished
by
the
auditor
or
accountant
to
the
administrator
of
the
division
of
mental
health
and
disability
services.
Sec.
58.
Section
231.56,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
231.56
Services
and
programs.
The
department
shall
administer
services
and
programs
House
File
556,
p.
19
that
allow
older
individuals
to
secure
and
maintain
maximum
independence
and
dignity
in
a
home
environment
that
provides
for
self-care
with
appropriate
supportive
services,
assist
in
removing
individual
and
social
barriers
to
economic
and
personal
independence
for
older
individuals,
provide
a
continuum
of
care
for
older
individuals
and
individuals
with
disabilities,
and
secure
the
opportunity
for
older
individuals
to
receive
managed
in-home
and
community-based
long-term
care
services.
Funds
appropriated
for
this
purpose
shall
be
instituted
allocated
based
on
administrative
rules
adopted
by
the
commission.
The
department
shall
require
such
records
as
needed
to
administer
this
section
.
Sec.
59.
Section
232.73A,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“retaliatory
action”
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
an
employer’s
action
to
discharge
an
employee
or
to
take
or
fail
to
take
action
regarding
an
employee’s
appointment
or
proposed
appointment
to
a
position
in
employment
,
to
take
or
fail
to
take
action
regarding
an
employee’s
promotion
or
proposed
promotion
to
a
position
in
employment
,
or
to
fail
to
provide
an
advantage
in
a
position
in
employment.
Sec.
60.
Section
234.6,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
Cooperate
with
the
federal
social
security
board
administration
created
by
Tit.
VII
of
by
the
Social
Security
Act
[42
and
codified
at
42
U.S.C.
§
901]
901
,
enacted
by
the
74th
Congress
of
the
United
States
and
approved
August
14,
1935,
or
other
agency
of
the
federal
government
for
public
welfare
assistance,
in
such
reasonable
manner
as
may
be
necessary
to
qualify
for
federal
aid,
including
the
making
of
such
reports
in
such
form
and
containing
such
information
as
the
federal
social
security
board
administration
,
from
time
to
time,
may
require,
and
to
comply
with
such
regulations
as
such
federal
social
security
board
administration
,
from
time
to
time,
may
find
necessary
to
assure
the
correctness
and
verification
of
such
reports.
Sec.
61.
Section
235E.6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
235E.6
Dependent
adult
abuse
finding
——
notification
to
employer
and
employee.
Upon
a
finding
of
founded
determination
that
an
allegation
of
perpetration
of
dependent
adult
abuse
by
a
caretaker
is
House
File
556,
p.
20
founded
,
the
department
shall
provide
written
notification
of
the
department’s
findings
to
the
caretaker
and
the
caretaker’s
employer.
In
addition,
the
written
notification
shall
detail
the
consequences
of
placement
on
the
central
abuse
registry,
the
caretaker’s
appeal
rights,
and
include
a
separate
appeal
request
form.
The
written
appeal
request
form
shall
clearly
set
forth
that
the
caretaker
shall
not
be
placed
on
the
central
abuse
registry
until
final
agency
action
is
taken
if
an
appeal
is
filed
within
fifteen
days.
Sec.
62.
Section
249J.6,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
Each
expansion
population
member
shall
receive
a
comprehensive
medical
examination
annually.
The
department
may
implement
a
web-based
an
internet-based
health
risk
assessment
for
expansion
population
members
that
may
include
facilitation,
if
deemed
to
be
cost-effective
to
the
program.
Sec.
63.
Section
256D.3,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
Beginning
January
15,
2006,
the
The
department
shall
submit
an
annual
report
to
the
chairpersons
and
ranking
members
of
the
senate
and
house
education
committees
that
includes
the
statewide
average
school
district
class
size
in
basic
skills
instruction
in
kindergarten
through
grade
three,
by
grade
level
and
by
district
size,
and
describes
school
district
progress
toward
achieving
early
intervention
block
grant
program
goals
and
the
ways
in
which
school
districts
are
using
moneys
received
pursuant
to
this
chapter
and
expended
as
provided
in
section
256D.2A
.
The
report
shall
include
district-by-district
information
showing
the
allocation
received
for
early
intervention
block
grant
program
purposes,
the
total
number
of
students
enrolled
in
grade
four
in
each
district,
and
the
number
of
students
in
each
district
who
are
not
proficient
in
reading
in
grade
four
for
the
most
recent
reporting
period,
as
well
as
for
each
reporting
period
starting
with
the
school
year
beginning
July
1,
2001.
Sec.
64.
Section
256F.6,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
The
contract
shall
outline
the
reasons
for
revocation
or
nonrenewal
of
the
charter
contract
.
Sec.
65.
Section
261B.4,
subsection
17,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
17.
Evidence
that
the
school
meets
the
conditions
of
financial
responsibility
established
in
section
714.18
,
or
that
House
File
556,
p.
21
the
school
qualifies
for
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
714.22
.
Sec.
66.
Section
261B.11,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
A
school
that
is
granted
an
exemption
under
this
section
must
file
evidence
of
financial
responsibility
under
section
714.18
or
demonstrate
to
the
commission
or
its
designee
that
the
school
qualifies
for
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
714.22
.
Sec.
67.
Section
275.1,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
It
is
the
policy
of
the
state
to
encourage
economical
and
efficient
school
districts
which
will
ensure
an
equal
educational
opportunity
to
all
children
of
the
state.
All
areas
of
the
state
shall
be
in
school
districts
maintaining
kindergarten
and
twelve
grades.
If
a
school
district
ceases
to
maintain
kindergarten
and
twelve
grades
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
section
28E.9
,
256.13
,
280.15
,
282.7,
subsection
1
or
subsections
1
and
3
,
or
section
282.8
,
it
shall
reorganize
within
six
months
or
the
state
board
shall
attach
the
school
district
not
maintaining
kindergarten
and
twelve
grades
to
one
or
more
adjacent
districts.
Voluntary
reorganizations
under
this
chapter
shall
be
commenced
only
if
the
affected
school
districts
are
contiguous
or
marginally
adjacent
to
one
another.
A
reorganized
district
shall
meet
the
requirements
of
section
275.3
.
Sec.
68.
Section
279.9A,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
279.9A
Information
sharing.
The
rules
referred
to
in
section
279.9
shall
provide
that
upon
the
request
of
school
officials
of
a
school
to
which
the
student
seeks
to
transfer
or
has
transferred,
school
officials
of
the
sending
school
shall
provide
an
accurate
record
of
any
suspension
or
expulsion
actions
taken,
and
the
basis
for
those
actions
taken,
against
the
student
under
sections
279.9
,
280.19A
,
280.21B,
282.3
,
282.4
,
and
282.5
.
The
designated
representative
shall
disclose
this
information
only
to
those
school
employees
whose
duties
require
them
to
be
involved
with
the
student.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“school
employees”
means
persons
employed
by
a
nonpublic
school
or
school
district,
or
any
area
education
agency
staff
member
who
provides
services
to
a
school
or
school
district.
Sec.
69.
Section
280.11,
subsection
4,
paragraph
b,
Code
House
File
556,
p.
22
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
“Noise”
as
used
in
this
section
,
means
a
noise
level
that
meets
or
exceeds
damage-risk
criteria
established
by
the
present
federal
standard
for
occupational
noise
exposure
,
established
by
the
federal
occupational
safety
and
health
standards
administration
.
Sec.
70.
Section
280.13B,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
280.13B
Taping
Recording
and
broadcast
fees
restricted.
The
Iowa
high
school
athletic
association
or
its
successor
organization,
and
the
Iowa
girls
high
school
athletic
union
or
its
successor
organization,
shall
not
assess
a
charge
for
the
videotape
retransmission
of
an
audio-visual
recording
of
a
high
school
athletic
tournament
contest
or
event
if
the
videotape
retransmission
does
not
occur
earlier
than
twenty-four
hours
after
the
starting
time
of
the
live
athletic
contest
or
event.
Sec.
71.
Section
282.4,
subsections
2
and
3,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
a.
A
student
who
commits
an
assault,
as
defined
under
section
708.1
,
against
a
school
employee
in
a
school
building,
on
school
grounds,
or
at
a
school-sponsored
function
shall
be
suspended
for
a
time
to
be
determined
by
the
principal.
Notice
of
the
suspension
shall
be
immediately
sent
to
the
president
of
the
board.
By
special
meeting
or
at
the
next
regularly
scheduled
board
meeting,
the
board
shall
review
the
suspension
and
decide
whether
to
hold
a
disciplinary
hearing
to
determine
whether
or
not
to
order
further
sanctions
against
the
student,
which
may
include
expelling
the
student.
In
making
its
decision,
the
board
shall
consider
the
best
interests
of
the
school
district,
which
shall
include
what
is
best
to
protect
and
ensure
the
safety
of
the
school
employees
and
students
from
the
student
committing
the
assault.
b.
3.
A
student
shall
not
be
suspended
or
expelled
pursuant
to
this
section
if
the
suspension
or
expulsion
would
violate
the
federal
Individuals
with
Disabilities
Education
Act.
3.
4.
Notwithstanding
section
282.6
,
if
a
student
has
been
expelled
or
suspended
from
school
and
has
not
met
the
conditions
of
the
expulsion
or
suspension,
the
student
shall
not
be
permitted
to
enroll
in
a
school
district
until
the
board
of
directors
of
the
school
district
approves,
by
a
majority
vote,
the
enrollment
of
the
student.
Sec.
72.
Section
282.24,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
House
File
556,
p.
23
a.
The
maximum
tuition
fee
that
may
be
charged
for
elementary
and
high
school
students
residing
within
another
school
district
or
corporation
except
students
attending
school
in
another
district
under
section
282.7,
subsection
1
,
or
subsections
1
and
3
,
is
the
district
cost
per
pupil
of
the
receiving
district
as
computed
in
section
257.10
.
Sec.
73.
Section
299.6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
299.6
Violations
——
community
service
or
fine
or
imprisonment.
1.
Any
person
who
violates
a
mediation
agreement
under
section
299.5A
,
who
is
referred
for
prosecution
under
section
299.5A
and
is
convicted
of
a
violation
of
any
of
the
provisions
of
sections
299.1
through
299.5
,
who
violates
any
of
the
provisions
of
sections
299.1
through
299.5
,
or
who
refuses
to
participate
in
mediation
under
section
299.5A
,
for
a
first
offense,
is
guilty
of
a
simple
misdemeanor
commits
a
public
offense
.
a.
A
first
offense
is
a
simple
misdemeanor
and
a
conviction
is
punishable
by
imprisonment
not
exceeding
ten
days
or
a
fine
not
exceeding
one
hundred
dollars.
The
court
may
order
the
person
to
perform
not
more
than
forty
hours
of
unpaid
community
service
instead
of
any
fine
or
imprisonment.
A
person
convicted
of
a
second
violation
is
guilty
of
a
serious
misdemeanor.
b.
A
second
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
and
a
conviction
is
punishable
by
imprisonment
not
exceeding
twenty
days
or
a
fine
not
exceeding
five
hundred
dollars,
or
both
a
fine
and
imprisonment.
The
court
may
order
the
person
to
perform
unpaid
community
service
instead
of
any
fine
or
imprisonment.
c.
A
third
or
subsequent
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
and
a
conviction
is
punishable
by
imprisonment
not
exceeding
thirty
days
or
a
fine
not
exceeding
one
thousand
dollars,
or
both
a
fine
and
imprisonment.
The
court
may
order
the
person
to
perform
unpaid
community
service
instead
of
any
fine
or
imprisonment.
2.
If
community
service
is
imposed
as
part
of
a
sentencing
order,
the
court
may
require
that
part
or
all
of
the
service
be
performed
for
a
public
school
district
or
nonpublic
school
if
the
court
finds
that
service
in
the
school
is
appropriate
under
the
circumstances.
3.
If
a
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
of
a
House
File
556,
p.
24
child
who
is
truant,
has
made
reasonable
efforts
to
comply
with
the
provisions
of
sections
299.1
through
299.5
,
but
is
unable
to
cause
the
child
to
attend
school,
the
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
may
file
an
affidavit
listing
the
reasonable
efforts
made
by
the
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
to
cause
the
child’s
attendance
and
the
parent,
guardian,
or
legal
or
actual
custodian
shall
not
be
criminally
liable
for
the
child’s
nonattendance.
Sec.
74.
Section
306C.18,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4.
The
fee
for
both
types
of
permits
for
calendar
years
1997
and
1998
shall
be
one
hundred
dollars
for
the
initial
fee
and
fifteen
dollars
for
each
annual
renewal
for
signs
up
to
three
hundred
seventy-five
square
feet
in
area,
twenty-five
dollars
for
each
annual
renewal
for
signs
at
least
three
hundred
seventy-six,
but
not
more
than
nine
hundred
ninety-nine,
square
feet
in
area,
and
fifty
dollars
for
each
annual
renewal
for
signs
one
thousand
square
feet
or
more
in
area.
Beginning
January
1,
1999,
fees
shall
be
as
determined
by
rule
by
the
department.
The
fees
collected
for
the
above
permits
shall
be
credited
to
a
special
account
entitled
the
“highway
highway
beautification
fund”
fund
created
in
section
306C.11,
subsection
5,
and
all
salaries
and
expenses
incurred
in
administering
this
chapter
shall
be
paid
from
this
fund
or
from
specific
appropriations
for
this
purpose,
except
that
surveillance
of,
and
removal
of,
advertising
devices
performed
by
regular
maintenance
personnel
are
not
to
be
charged
against
the
account
fund
.
Sec.
75.
Section
313.43,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
313.43
Lateral
or
detour
routes
in
cities.
1.
Any
city
located
on
the
primary
road
system
and
in
which
the
primary
road
extension
as
officially
designated
does
not
pass
through
the
main
part
or
business
district
of
such
city,
may
designate
and
mark
a
lateral
or
detour
route
in
order
to
facilitate
such
primary
road
traffic
as
may
desire
to
get
into
and
out
of
such
business
district.
2.
Lateral
or
detour
routes
shall
be
marked
with
standard
markings
adopted
by
the
department
for
that
purpose,
which
markings
shall
clearly
indicate
that
the
lateral
route
is
not
the
official
primary
road
extension
but
is
in
fact
a
lateral
or
detour
extending
to
the
business
district.
3.
The
cost
of
the
markings
shall
be
without
expense
to
the
House
File
556,
p.
25
state.
Sec.
76.
Section
313.64,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
Should
If
the
department
accept
accepts
the
offer
of
any
bridge
over
a
boundary
stream
and
enter
enters
into
a
written
agreement
in
relation
thereto
to
the
bridge
as
provided
in
sections
313.59
to
313.63,
this
section,
and
section
313.65
,
the
owner
or
operator
of
such
the
bridge
shall
thereafter
and
until
all
indebtedness
or
other
obligations
against
such
the
bridge
have
been
paid
and
discharged
annually
file
with
the
department
a
sworn
statement
of
its
financial
condition.
Such
The
statement
shall
show
funds
on
hand
and
indebtedness
at
the
beginning
and
end
of
the
year,
receipts,
disbursements,
indebtedness
retired
during
the
year
and
any
other
information
required
by
the
department
to
show
the
true
and
complete
condition
of
the
finances
with
respect
to
such
the
bridge
and
bridge
approaches
thereto
.
Sec.
77.
Section
321.98,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
321.98
Operation
without
registration.
1.
A
Except
as
otherwise
expressly
permitted
in
this
chapter,
a
person
shall
not
operate
and
an
owner
shall
not
knowingly
permit
to
be
operated
upon
any
highway
any
vehicle
required
to
be
registered
and
titled
hereunder
under
this
chapter
unless
there
shall
be
:
a.
A
valid
registration
card
and
registration
plate
or
plates
issued
for
the
vehicle
for
the
current
registration
year
are
attached
thereto
to
and
displayed
thereon
on
the
vehicle
when
and
as
required
by
this
chapter
a
valid
registration
card
and
registration
plate
or
plates
issued
therefor
for
the
current
registration
year
;
and
unless
a
b.
A
certificate
of
title
has
been
issued
for
such
the
vehicle
except
as
otherwise
expressly
permitted
in
this
chapter
.
2.
Any
violation
of
this
section
is
a
simple
misdemeanor
punishable
as
a
scheduled
violation
under
section
805.8A,
subsection
2
.
Sec.
78.
Section
321.180B,
subsection
1,
paragraphs
c,
d,
and
e,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
(1)
Except
as
otherwise
provided,
a
permittee
who
is
less
than
eighteen
years
of
age
and
who
is
operating
a
motor
vehicle
must
be
accompanied
by
a
person
issued
a
driver’s
license
valid
for
the
vehicle
operated
who
is
the
House
File
556,
p.
26
parent,
guardian,
or
custodian
of
the
permittee,
a
member
of
the
permittee’s
immediate
family
if
the
family
member
is
at
least
twenty-one
years
of
age,
an
approved
driver
education
instructor,
a
prospective
driver
education
instructor
who
is
enrolled
in
a
practitioner
preparation
program
with
a
safety
education
program
approved
by
the
state
board
of
education,
or
a
person
at
least
twenty-five
years
of
age
if
written
permission
is
granted
by
the
parent,
guardian,
or
custodian,
and
who
is
actually
occupying
a
seat
beside
the
driver.
A
permittee
shall
not
operate
a
motor
vehicle
if
the
number
of
passengers
in
the
motor
vehicle
exceeds
the
number
of
passenger
safety
belts
in
the
motor
vehicle.
If
the
applicant
for
an
instruction
permit
holds
a
driver’s
license
issued
in
this
state
valid
for
the
operation
of
a
motorized
bicycle
or
a
motorcycle,
the
instruction
permit
shall
be
valid
for
such
operation
without
the
requirement
of
an
accompanying
person.
d.
(2)
However,
if
If
the
permittee
is
operating
a
motorcycle
in
accordance
with
this
section
,
the
accompanying
person
must
be
within
audible
and
visual
communications
distance
from
the
permittee
and
be
accompanying
the
permittee
on
or
in
a
different
motor
vehicle.
Only
one
permittee
shall
be
under
the
immediate
supervision
of
an
accompanying
qualified
person.
e.
d.
A
permittee
shall
not
be
penalized
for
failing
to
have
the
instruction
permit
in
the
permittee’s
immediate
possession
if
the
permittee
produces
in
court,
within
a
reasonable
time,
an
instruction
permit
issued
to
the
permittee
and
valid
at
the
time
of
the
permittee’s
arrest
or
at
the
time
the
permittee
was
charged
with
failure
to
have
the
permit
in
the
permittee’s
immediate
possession.
Sec.
79.
Section
321.188,
subsection
6,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
An
applicant
who
obtains
a
driving
skills
test
waiver
under
this
subsection
shall
take
and
successfully
pass
the
knowledge
test
required
pursuant
to
subsection
1
.
Sec.
80.
Section
321.276,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5.
a.
A
peace
officer
shall
not
stop
or
detain
a
person
solely
for
a
suspected
violation
of
this
section
.
This
section
is
enforceable
by
a
peace
officer
only
as
a
secondary
action
when
the
driver
of
a
motor
vehicle
has
been
stopped
or
detained
for
a
suspected
violation
of
another
provision
of
this
chapter
,
a
local
ordinance
equivalent
to
a
provision
of
this
chapter
,
House
File
556,
p.
27
or
other
law.
b.
6.
For
the
period
beginning
July
1,
2010,
through
June
30,
2011,
peace
officers
shall
issue
only
warning
citations
for
violations
of
this
section
.
The
department,
in
cooperation
with
the
department
of
public
safety,
shall
establish
educational
programs
to
foster
compliance
with
the
requirements
of
this
section
.
Sec.
81.
Section
321.285,
subsection
7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7.
A
person
who
violates
this
section
for
excessive
speed
in
violation
of
a
speed
limit
commits
a
simple
misdemeanor
punishable
as
a
scheduled
violation
under
section
805.8A,
subsection
5
,
paragraph
“a”
.
A
person
who
violates
this
section
for
excessive
speed
as
an
operator
of
a
school
bus
commits
a
simple
misdemeanor
punishable
as
a
scheduled
violation
under
section
805.8A,
subsection
10
.
A
person
who
violates
any
other
provision
of
this
section
commits
a
simple
misdemeanor.
Sec.
82.
Section
321.341,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
321.341
Obedience
to
signal
indicating
approach
of
railroad
train
or
railroad
track
equipment.
1.
When
a
person
driving
a
vehicle
approaches
a
railroad
grade
crossing
and
warning
is
given
by
automatic
signal,
crossing
gates,
a
flag
person,
or
otherwise
of
the
immediate
approach
of
a
railroad
train
or
railroad
track
equipment,
the
driver
of
the
vehicle
shall
stop
the
vehicle
within
fifty
feet
but
not
less
than
fifteen
feet
from
the
nearest
rail
and
shall
not
proceed
until
the
driver
can
do
so
safely.
2.
The
driver
of
a
vehicle
shall
stop
the
vehicle
and
the
vehicle
shall
remain
standing
and
not
traverse
such
a
grade
crossing
when
a
crossing
gate
is
lowered
or
when
a
human
flagman
gives
or
continues
to
give
a
signal
of
the
approach
or
passage
of
a
railroad
train
or
railroad
track
equipment.
Sec.
83.
Section
321.354,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
321.354
Stopping
on
traveled
way.
1.
Upon
any
highway
outside
of
a
business
district,
rural
residence
district
or
residence
district
a
A
person
shall
not
stop,
park,
or
leave
standing
a
an
attended
or
unattended
vehicle
,
whether
attended
or
unattended
upon
any
highway
outside
of
a
business
district,
rural
residence
district,
or
residence
district
as
follows
:
1.
a.
Upon
the
paved
part
of
the
highway
when
it
is
House
File
556,
p.
28
practical
to
stop,
park,
or
leave
the
vehicle
off
that
part
of
the
highway,
however,
a
clear
and
unobstructed
width
of
at
least
twenty
feet
of
the
paved
part
of
the
highway
opposite
the
standing
vehicle
shall
be
left
for
the
free
passage
of
other
vehicles.
As
used
in
this
subsection
,
“paved
highway”
includes
an
asphalt
surfaced
highway.
2.
b.
Upon
the
main
traveled
part
of
a
highway
other
than
a
paved
highway
when
it
is
practical
to
stop,
park,
or
leave
the
vehicle
off
that
part
of
the
highway.
However,
a
clear
and
unobstructed
width
of
that
part
of
the
highway
opposite
the
standing
vehicle
shall
be
left
to
allow
for
the
free
passage
of
other
vehicles.
2.
A
clear
view
of
the
stopped
vehicle
shall
be
available
from
a
distance
of
two
hundred
feet
in
each
direction
upon
the
highway.
However,
school
buses
may
stop
on
the
highway
for
receiving
and
discharging
pupils
and
all
other
vehicles
shall
stop
for
school
buses
which
are
stopped
to
receive
or
discharge
pupils,
as
provided
in
section
321.372
.
This
section
does
not
apply
to
a
vehicle
making
a
turn
as
provided
in
section
321.311
.
This
section
also
does
not
apply
to
the
stopping
or
parking
of
a
maintenance
vehicle
operated
by
a
highway
authority
on
the
main
traveled
way
of
any
roadway
when
necessary
to
the
function
being
performed
and
when
early
warning
devices
are
properly
displayed.
Sec.
84.
Section
321.498,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
a.
The
term
“nonresident”
“Nonresident”
shall
include
any
person
who
was,
at
the
time
of
the
accident
or
event,
a
resident
of
the
state
of
Iowa
but
who
removed
from
the
state
before
the
commencement
of
such
action
or
proceedings.
b.
“Person”
shall
mean:
(1)
The
owner
of
the
vehicle
whether
it
is
being
used
and
operated
personally
by
the
owner,
or
by
the
owner’s
agent.
(2)
An
agent
using
and
operating
the
vehicle
for
the
agent’s
principal.
(3)
Any
person
who
is
in
charge
of
the
vehicle
and
of
the
use
and
operation
thereof
with
the
express
or
implied
consent
of
the
owner.
Sec.
85.
Section
321G.20,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
While
operating
a
snowmobile
on
a
designated
snowmobile
trail,
public
land,
or
public
ice,
a
person
twelve
through
fifteen
years
of
age
and
possessing
shall
possess
a
valid
House
File
556,
p.
29
education
certificate
issued
under
this
chapter
and
must
be
under
the
direct
supervision
of
a
parent,
guardian,
or
another
adult
authorized
by
the
parent
or
guardian,
who
is
experienced
in
snowmobile
operation
and
possesses
a
valid
driver’s
license,
as
defined
in
section
321.1
,
or
an
education
certificate
issued
under
this
chapter
.
Sec.
86.
Section
321J.24,
subsection
5,
paragraph
a,
subparagraph
(2),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(2)
A
facility
for
the
treatment
of
chemical
substance
abuse
persons
with
substance-related
disorders
as
defined
in
section
125.2
,
under
the
supervision
of
appropriately
licensed
medical
personnel.
Sec.
87.
Section
321J.25,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
A
facility
for
the
treatment
of
chemical
substance
abuse
persons
with
substance-related
disorders
as
defined
in
section
125.2
,
under
the
supervision
of
appropriately
licensed
medical
personnel.
Sec.
88.
Section
331.321,
subsection
1,
paragraph
e,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
e.
A
temporary
board
of
community
mental
health
center
trustees
in
accordance
with
section
230A.4
230A.110,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“b”
,
when
the
board
decides
to
establish
a
community
mental
health
center,
and
members
to
fill
vacancies
in
accordance
with
section
230A.6
230A.110,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“b”
.
Sec.
89.
Section
331.392,
subsection
2,
paragraph
i,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
i.
Provisions
for
formation
and
assigned
responsibilities
for
one
or
more
advisory
committees
consisting
of
individuals
who
utilize
services
or
actively
involved
relatives
of
such
individuals,
service
providers,
governing
board
members,
and
persons
representing
other
interests
identified
in
the
agreement.
Sec.
90.
Section
331.395,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
331.395
Financial
eligibility
requirements.
1.
A
person
must
comply
with
all
of
the
following
financial
eligibility
requirements
to
be
eligible
for
services
under
the
regional
service
system:
1.
a.
The
person
must
have
an
income
equal
to
or
less
than
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level,
as
defined
by
the
most
recently
revised
poverty
income
guidelines
House
File
556,
p.
30
published
by
the
United
States
department
of
health
and
human
services,
to
be
eligible
for
regional
service
system
public
funding.
It
is
the
intent
of
the
general
assembly
to
consider
increasing
this
income
eligibility
provision
to
two
hundred
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level.
2.
a.
A
region
or
a
service
provider
contracting
with
the
region
shall
not
apply
a
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
cost-sharing
requirement
for
a
particular
service
to
a
person
with
an
income
equal
to
or
less
than
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level.
b.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1
,
a
person
with
an
income
above
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level
may
be
eligible
for
services
subject
to
a
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
cost-sharing
requirement
approved
by
the
department.
c.
A
provider
under
the
regional
service
system
of
a
service
that
is
not
funded
by
the
medical
assistance
program
under
chapter
249A
may
waive
the
copayment
or
other
cost-sharing
arrangement
if
the
provider
is
not
reimbursed
for
the
cost
with
public
funds.
3.
b.
A
person
who
is
eligible
for
federally
funded
services
and
other
support
must
apply
for
such
services
and
support.
4.
c.
The
person
is
must
be
in
compliance
with
resource
limitations
identified
in
rule
adopted
by
the
state
commission.
The
limitation
shall
be
derived
from
the
federal
supplemental
security
income
program
resource
limitations.
A
person
with
resources
above
the
federal
supplemental
security
income
program
resource
limitations
may
be
eligible
subject
to
limitations
adopted
in
rule
by
the
state
commission
pursuant
to
a
recommendation
made
by
the
department.
If
a
person
does
not
qualify
for
federally
funded
services
and
other
support
but
meets
income,
resource,
and
functional
eligibility
requirements
for
regional
services,
the
following
types
of
resources
shall
be
disregarded:
a.
(1)
A
retirement
account
that
is
in
the
accumulation
stage.
b.
(2)
A
burial,
medical
savings,
or
assistive
technology
account.
2.
a.
A
region
or
a
service
provider
contracting
with
the
region
shall
not
apply
a
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
cost-sharing
requirement
for
a
particular
service
to
a
person
with
an
income
equal
to
or
less
than
one
hundred
fifty
percent
House
File
556,
p.
31
of
the
federal
poverty
level.
b.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”
,
a
person
with
an
income
above
one
hundred
fifty
percent
of
the
federal
poverty
level
may
be
eligible
for
services
subject
to
a
copayment,
sliding
fee
scale,
or
other
cost-sharing
requirement
approved
by
the
department.
c.
A
provider
under
the
regional
service
system
of
a
service
that
is
not
funded
by
the
medical
assistance
program
under
chapter
249A
may
waive
the
copayment
or
other
cost-sharing
arrangement
if
the
provider
is
not
reimbursed
for
the
cost
with
public
funds.
Sec.
91.
Section
331.606A,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
Redaction
from
electronic
documents.
Personally
identifiable
information
that
is
contained
in
electronic
documents
that
are
displayed
for
public
access
on
a
website
an
internet
site
,
or
which
are
transferred
to
any
person,
shall
be
redacted
prior
to
displaying
or
transferring
the
documents.
Each
recorder
that
displays
electronic
documents
and
the
county
land
record
information
system
that
displays
electronic
documents
on
behalf
of
a
county
shall
implement
a
system
for
redacting
personally
identifiable
information.
The
recorder
and
the
governing
board
of
the
county
land
record
information
system
shall
establish
a
procedure
by
which
individuals
may
request
that
personally
identifiable
information
contained
in
an
electronic
document
displayed
on
a
website
an
internet
site
be
redacted,
at
no
fee
to
the
requesting
individual.
The
requirements
of
this
subsection
shall
be
fully
implemented
not
later
than
December
31,
2011.
Sec.
92.
Section
331.606A,
subsection
6,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
Subsection
3
shall
not
apply
to
a
military
separation
or
discharge
record,
a
birth
record,
a
death
certificate,
or
marriage
certificate
unless
such
record
or
certificate
is
incorporated
within
another
document
or
instrument
that
is
recorded
and
displayed
for
public
access
on
a
website
an
internet
site
.
Sec.
93.
Section
331.653,
subsection
33,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
33.
Carry
out
duties
relating
to
the
enforcement
of
laws
prohibiting
the
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
under
the
influence
of
an
alcoholic
beverage
intoxicated
as
provided
in
chapter
321J
.
House
File
556,
p.
32
Sec.
94.
Section
341A.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
341A.15
Leave
of
absence.
Leave
of
absence,
without
pay,
may
be
granted
by
any
county
sheriff
to
any
person
under
civil
service
,
however,
the
.
The
sheriff
shall
give
notice
of
leave
to
the
commission.
Sec.
95.
Section
357A.11,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
Adopt
rules,
regulations,
and
rate
schedules
in
conformity
with
the
provisions
of
this
Act
chapter
and
the
bylaws
of
the
district
as
necessary
for
the
conduct
of
the
business
of
the
district.
Sec.
96.
Section
357E.9,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
(1)
For
districts
in
existence
on
July
1,
2011,
the
number
of
trustees,
other
than
those
appointed
under
subsection
2
,
shall
be
increased
from
three
trustees
to
seven
trustees.
For
the
initial
seven-member
board
under
this
paragraph
“b”
,
the
board
of
supervisors
shall
appoint
four
trustees.
One
trustee
shall
be
appointed
to
serve
for
one
year,
one
for
two
years,
and
two
for
three
years.
The
term
of
each
trustee
appointed
under
this
paragraph
subparagraph
shall
expire
on
the
same
date
as
the
term
of
the
current
trustee
whose
term
expires
during
the
same
year.
(2)
This
paragraph
“b”
is
repealed
on
July
1,
2018.
Sec.
97.
Section
368.26,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
368.26
Annexation
of
certain
property
——
compliance
with
less
stringent
regulations.
1.
A
city
ordinance
or
regulation
that
regulates
a
condition
or
activity
occurring
on
protected
farmland
or
regulates
a
person
who
owns
and
operates
protected
farmland
is
unenforceable
against
the
owner
of
the
protected
farmland
for
a
period
of
ten
years
from
the
effective
date
of
the
annexation,
to
the
extent
the
city
ordinance
or
regulation
is
more
stringent
than
county
legislation.
Section
335.2
shall
apply
to
the
protected
farmland
until
the
owner
of
the
protected
farmland
determines
that
the
land
will
no
longer
be
operated
as
an
agricultural
operation.
Any
enforcement
activity
conducted
in
violation
of
this
section
is
void.
2.
A
“condition
For
purposes
of
this
section:
a.
“Condition
or
activity
occurring
on
protected
farmland”
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
the
raising,
harvesting,
House
File
556,
p.
33
drying,
or
storage
of
crops;
the
marketing
of
products
at
roadside
stands
or
farm
markets;
the
creation
of
noise,
odor,
dust,
or
fumes;
the
production,
care,
feeding,
or
housing
of
animals
including
but
not
limited
to
the
construction,
operation,
or
management
of
an
animal
feeding
operation,
an
animal
feeding
operation
structure,
or
aerobic
structure,
and
to
the
storage,
handling,
or
application
of
manure
or
egg
washwater;
the
operation
of
machinery
including
but
not
limited
to
planting
and
harvesting
equipment,
grain
dryers,
grain
handling
equipment,
and
irrigation
pumps;
ground
and
aerial
seeding
and
spraying;
the
application
of
chemical
fertilizers,
conditioners,
insecticides,
pesticides,
and
herbicides;
and
the
employment
and
use
of
labor.
b.
“County
legislation”
means
any
ordinance,
motion,
resolution,
or
amendment
adopted
by
a
county
pursuant
to
section
331.302.
c.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“protected
“Protected
farmland”
means
land
that
is
part
of
a
century
farm
as
that
term
is
defined
in
section
403.17,
subsection
10
.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
“county
legislation”
means
any
ordinance,
motion,
resolution,
or
amendment
adopted
by
a
county
pursuant
to
section
331.302
.
Sec.
98.
Section
411.6,
subsection
16,
paragraph
a,
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(1)
The
disability
would
not
exist
but
for
the
member’s
chemical
dependency
,
as
defined
in
section
125.2
,
on
a
schedule
I
controlled
substance,
as
defined
in
section
124.204
,
or
the
member’s
chemical
dependency
on
a
schedule
II
controlled
substance,
as
defined
in
section
124.206
,
resulting
from
the
inappropriate
use
of
the
schedule
II
controlled
substance.
For
purposes
of
this
subparagraph,
“chemical
dependency”
means
an
addiction
or
dependency,
either
physical
or
psychological,
on
a
chemical
substance.
Persons
who
take
medically
prescribed
drugs
shall
not
be
considered
chemically
dependent
if
the
drug
is
medically
prescribed
and
the
intake
is
proportionate
to
the
medical
need.
Sec.
99.
Section
419.1,
subsection
12,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
Purposes
that
are
eligible
for
financing
from
qualified
midwestern
disaster
area
bonds
authorized
under
the
federal
Emergency
Economic
Stabilization
Act
of
2008,
Pub.
L.
No.
110-185
110-343
,
together
with
any
other
financing
necessary
or
desirable
in
connection
with
such
purposes.
House
File
556,
p.
34
Sec.
100.
Section
420.224,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
420.224
Limitation
on
resale
by
city.
No
property
Property
which
may
be
sold
at
tax
sale
to
any
such
city
shall
not
be
offered
at
any
sale
for
taxes
or
special
assessments,
collectible
by
such
city,
while
it
holds
the
certificate
of
purchase
thereof
or
tax
deed
thereon
except
only
as
follows:
In
the
event
that
if
any
special
assessment
or
installment
thereof
levied
by
any
such
city
prior
to
April
22,
1941,
shall
be
or
become
delinquent
after
purchase
of
such
property
at
tax
sale
by
the
city,
then
the
property
against
which
the
same
was
levied
may
be
sold
therefor
only
at
the
first
regular
tax
sale
of
such
city
occurring
within
such
a
period
of
time
after
delinquency
that
sale
for
such
assessment
or
installment
might
lawfully
be
made
at
such
first
regular
tax
sale.
Nothing
in
sections
420.220
to
420.229
shall
prevent
the
sale
of
property
for
any
unpaid
taxes
collectible
by
the
county.
Sec.
101.
Section
421.30,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
There
A
reassessment
expense
fund
is
created
in
the
office
of
the
treasurer
of
state
a
“reassessment
expense
fund”
for
the
purpose
of
providing
loans
to
a
city
and
county
conference
board
for
conducting
reassessments
of
property.
There
is
appropriated
to
the
reassessment
expense
fund
from
the
general
fund
of
the
state
from
any
unappropriated
funds
in
the
general
fund
of
the
state
such
funds
as
are
necessary
to
carry
out
the
provisions
of
this
section
,
section
421.17,
subsection
19
,
and
the
last
paragraph
of
section
441.19
,
subsection
2,
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
director
of
revenue.
Repayment
of
loans
shall
be
credited
to
the
fund.
Sec.
102.
Section
421C.4,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“county
attorney”
means
a
single
county
attorney
office
or
a
group
of
county
attorney
offices
whose
counties
have
entered
into
an
agreement
pursuant
to
chapter
28E
and
pursuant
to
section
602.8107,
subsection
4
,
to
collect
delinquent
court
debt.
Sec.
103.
Section
423B.1,
subsection
4,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
A
county
board
of
supervisors
shall
direct
within
thirty
days
the
county
commissioner
of
elections
to
submit
the
question
of
imposition
of
a
local
vehicle
tax
or
a
local
sales
House
File
556,
p.
35
and
services
tax
to
the
registered
voters
of
the
incorporated
and
unincorporated
areas
of
the
county
upon
receipt
of
a
petition,
requesting
imposition
of
a
local
vehicle
tax
or
a
local
sales
and
services
tax,
signed
by
eligible
electors
of
the
whole
county
equal
in
number
to
five
percent
of
the
persons
in
the
whole
county
who
voted
at
the
last
preceding
state
general
election.
In
the
case
of
a
local
vehicle
tax,
the
petition
requesting
imposition
shall
specify
the
rate
of
tax
and
the
classes,
if
any,
that
are
to
be
exempt.
If
more
than
one
valid
petition
is
received,
the
earliest
received
petition
shall
be
used.
Sec.
104.
Section
423B.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
423B.2
Local
vehicle
tax.
1.
An
annual
local
vehicle
tax
at
the
rate
per
vehicle
specified
on
the
ballot
proposition
may
be
imposed
by
a
county
on
every
vehicle
which
is
required
by
the
state
to
be
registered
by
the
state
and
is
registered
with
the
county
treasurer
to
a
person
residing
within
the
county
where
the
tax
is
imposed
at
the
time
of
the
renewal
of
the
registration
of
the
vehicle.
The
local
vehicle
tax
shall
be
imposed
only
on
the
renewals
of
registrations
and
shall
be
payable
during
the
registration
renewal
periods
provided
under
section
321.40
.
2.
The
county
imposing
the
tax
shall
provide
for
the
exemption
of
each
class,
if
any,
of
vehicles
for
which
an
exemption
was
listed
on
the
ballot
proposition.
3.
For
the
purpose
of
the
tax
authorized
by
this
section
,
“person”
and
“registration
year”
mean
:
a.
“Person”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
321.1.
b.
“Registration
year”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
321.1
,
and
“vehicle”
.
c.
“Vehicle”
means
motor
vehicle
as
defined
in
section
321.1
which
is
subject
to
registration
under
section
321.18
,
and
which
is
registered
with
the
county
treasurer.
Sec.
105.
Section
427B.17,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
427B.17
Property
subject
to
special
valuation.
1.
For
purposes
of
this
section:
a.
“Electric
power
generating
plant”
means
any
nameplate
rated
electric
power
generating
plant,
in
which
electric
energy
is
produced
from
other
forms
of
energy,
including
all
taxable
land,
buildings,
and
equipment
used
in
the
production
of
such
energy.
House
File
556,
p.
36
b.
“Net
acquisition
cost”
means
the
acquired
cost
of
the
property
including
all
foundations
and
installation
cost
less
any
excess
cost
adjustment.
c.
“Net
actual
generation”
means
net
electrical
megawatt
hours
produced
by
the
unit
during
the
preceding
assessment
year.
d.
“Net
capacity
factor”
means
net
actual
generation
divided
by
the
product
of
net
maximum
capacity
times
the
number
of
hours
the
unit
was
in
the
active
state
during
the
assessment
year.
Upon
commissioning,
a
unit
is
in
the
active
state
until
it
is
decommissioned.
e.
“Net
maximum
capacity”
means
the
capacity
the
unit
can
sustain
over
a
specified
period
when
not
restricted
by
ambient
conditions
or
equipment
deratings,
minus
the
losses
associated
with
station
service
or
auxiliary
loads.
1.
2.
For
property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
the
taxpayer’s
valuation
shall
be
limited
to
thirty
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost
of
the
property,
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
subsections
2
3
and
3
4
.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“net
acquisition
cost”
means
the
acquired
cost
of
the
property
including
all
foundations
and
installation
cost
less
any
excess
cost
adjustment.
2.
3.
Property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
which
is
first
assessed
for
taxation
in
this
state
on
or
after
January
1,
1995,
shall
be
exempt
from
taxation.
3.
4.
Property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
and
assessed
under
subsection
1
2
of
this
section
,
shall
be
valued
by
the
local
assessor
as
follows
for
the
following
assessment
years:
a.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
1999,
at
twenty-two
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
b.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2000,
at
fourteen
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
c.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2001,
at
six
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
d.
For
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2002,
and
succeeding
assessment
years,
at
zero
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost.
4.
5.
Property
assessed
pursuant
to
this
section
shall
not
be
eligible
to
receive
a
partial
exemption
under
sections
427B.1
to
427B.6
.
5.
This
section
shall
not
apply
to
property
assessed
by
the
House
File
556,
p.
37
department
of
revenue
pursuant
to
sections
428.24
to
428.29
,
or
chapters
433
,
434
,
437
,
437A
,
and
438
,
and
such
property
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
section
.
Any
electric
power
generating
plant
which
operated
during
the
preceding
assessment
year
at
a
net
capacity
factor
of
more
than
twenty
percent,
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
section
or
of
section
15.332
.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“electric
power
generating
plant”
means
any
nameplate
rated
electric
power
generating
plant,
in
which
electric
energy
is
produced
from
other
forms
of
energy,
including
all
taxable
land,
buildings,
and
equipment
used
in
the
production
of
such
energy.
“Net
capacity
factor”
means
net
actual
generation
divided
by
the
product
of
net
maximum
capacity
times
the
number
of
hours
the
unit
was
in
the
active
state
during
the
assessment
year.
Upon
commissioning,
a
unit
is
in
the
active
state
until
it
is
decommissioned.
“Net
actual
generation”
means
net
electrical
megawatt
hours
produced
by
the
unit
during
the
preceding
assessment
year.
“Net
maximum
capacity”
means
the
capacity
the
unit
can
sustain
over
a
specified
period
when
not
restricted
by
ambient
conditions
or
equipment
deratings,
minus
the
losses
associated
with
station
service
or
auxiliary
loads.
6.
For
the
purpose
of
dividing
taxes
under
section
260E.4
,
the
employer’s
or
business’s
valuation
of
property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraphs
“e”
and
“j”
,
and
used
to
fund
a
new
jobs
training
project
which
project’s
first
written
agreement
providing
for
a
division
of
taxes
as
provided
in
section
403.19
is
approved
on
or
before
June
30,
1995,
shall
be
limited
to
thirty
percent
of
the
net
acquisition
cost
of
the
property.
The
community
college
shall
notify
the
assessor
by
February
15
of
each
assessment
year
if
taxes
levied
against
such
property
of
an
employer
or
business
will
be
used
to
finance
a
project
in
the
following
fiscal
year.
In
any
fiscal
year
in
which
the
community
college
does
rely
on
taxes
levied
against
an
employer’s
or
business’s
property
defined
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“e”
or
“j”
,
to
finance
a
project,
such
property
shall
not
be
valued
pursuant
to
subsection
2
3
or
3
4
,
whichever
is
applicable,
for
that
fiscal
year.
An
employer’s
or
business’s
taxable
property
used
to
fund
a
new
jobs
training
project
shall
not
be
valued
pursuant
to
subsection
2
3
or
3
4
,
whichever
is
applicable,
until
the
assessment
year
following
the
calendar
year
in
which
the
certificates
or
other
funding
obligations
have
been
retired
or
escrowed.
If
the
certificates
issued,
House
File
556,
p.
38
or
other
funding
obligations
incurred,
between
January
1,
1982,
and
June
30,
1995,
are
refinanced
or
refunded
after
June
30,
1995,
the
valuation
of
such
property
shall
then
be
the
valuation
specified
in
subsection
2
3
or
3
4
,
whichever
is
applicable,
for
the
applicable
assessment
year
beginning
with
the
assessment
year
following
the
calendar
year
in
which
those
certificates
or
other
funding
obligations
are
refinanced
or
refunded
after
June
30,
1995.
7.
Notwithstanding
subsection
5
8
or
any
other
provision
to
the
contrary,
this
section
shall
be
applicable
to
a
new
cogeneration
facility
subject
to
the
assessed
value
provisions
of
section
437A.16A
,
but
the
exemptions
provided
in
this
section
shall
be
reduced
by
an
amount
bearing
the
same
ratio
to
the
value
of
the
property
that
is
exempt
pursuant
to
this
section
as
the
allowable
credit
under
section
437A.16A,
subsection
1
,
bears
to
the
assessable
value
of
the
entire
new
cogeneration
facility
before
the
application
of
any
abatements,
credits,
or
exemptions
against
that
value.
8.
a.
This
section
shall
not
apply
to
property
assessed
by
the
department
of
revenue
pursuant
to
sections
428.24
to
428.29,
or
chapters
433,
434,
437,
437A,
and
438,
and
such
property
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
section.
b.
Any
electric
power
generating
plant
which
operated
during
the
preceding
assessment
year
at
a
net
capacity
factor
of
more
than
twenty
percent,
shall
not
receive
the
benefits
of
this
section
or
of
section
15.332.
Sec.
106.
Section
432.12C,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
The
taxes
imposed
under
this
division
chapter
shall
be
reduced
by
investment
tax
credits
authorized
pursuant
to
sections
section
15.333A
and
section
15E.193B,
subsection
6
.
Sec.
107.
Section
441.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
441.4
Removal
of
member.
A
member
of
this
examining
board
may
be
removed
by
the
voting
unit
of
the
conference
board
by
which
the
member
was
appointed
but
only
after
specific
charges
have
been
filed
and
a
public
hearing
held,
if
a
hearing
is
requested
by
the
discharged
member
of
the
board.
Subsequent
appointments
and
an
appointment
to
fill
a
vacancy
shall
be
made
in
the
same
way
as
the
original
appointment.
Sec.
108.
Section
453B.7,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
House
File
556,
p.
39
2.
On
each
gram
or
portion
of
a
gram
of
any
taxable
substance
,
other
than
marijuana,
sold
by
weight
other
than
marijuana
,
two
hundred
fifty
dollars.
Sec.
109.
Section
455B.301,
subsection
20,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
20.
“Rubble”
means
dirt,
stone,
brick,
or
similar
inorganic
materials
used
for
beneficial
fill,
landscaping,
excavation,
or
grading
at
places
other
than
a
sanitary
disposal
project.
“Rubble”
includes
asphalt
waste
only
as
long
as
it
is
not
used
in
contact
with
water
or
in
a
floodplain.
For
purposes
of
this
chapter
,
“rubble”
does
not
mean
gypsum
or
gypsum
wallboard,
coal
combustion
residue,
foundry
sand,
or
other
industrial
process
wastes
unless
those
wastes
are
approved
by
the
department.
Sec.
110.
Section
455D.11,
subsection
7,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
paragraph.
Sec.
111.
Section
455F.7,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
retailer
offering
for
sale
or
selling
a
household
hazardous
material
shall
have
a
valid
permit
for
each
place
of
business
owned
or
operated
by
the
retailer
for
this
activity.
All
permits
provided
for
in
this
division
section
shall
expire
on
June
30
of
each
year.
Every
retailer
shall
submit
an
annual
application
by
July
1
of
each
year
and
a
fee
of
twenty-five
dollars
to
the
department
of
revenue
for
a
permit
upon
a
form
prescribed
by
the
director
of
revenue.
Permits
are
nonrefundable,
are
based
upon
an
annual
operating
period,
and
are
not
prorated.
A
person
in
violation
of
this
section
shall
be
subject
to
permit
revocation
upon
notice
and
hearing.
The
department
shall
remit
the
fees
collected
to
the
household
hazardous
waste
account
of
the
groundwater
protection
fund.
A
person
distributing
general
use
pesticides
labeled
for
agricultural
or
lawn
and
garden
use
with
gross
annual
pesticide
sales
of
less
than
ten
thousand
dollars
is
subject
to
the
requirements
and
fee
payment
prescribed
by
this
section
.
Sec.
112.
Section
455G.1,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
This
chapter
subchapter
is
entitled
the
“Iowa
Comprehensive
Petroleum
Underground
Storage
Tank
Fund
Act”
.
Sec.
113.
Section
455G.1,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
This
chapter
subchapter
applies
to
petroleum
underground
storage
tanks
for
which
an
owner
or
operator
is
required
to
maintain
proof
of
financial
responsibility
under
federal
House
File
556,
p.
40
or
state
law,
from
the
effective
date
of
the
regulation
of
the
federal
environmental
protection
agency
governing
that
tank,
and
not
from
the
effective
compliance
date,
unless
the
effective
compliance
date
of
the
regulation
is
the
effective
date
of
the
regulation.
An
owner
or
operator
of
a
petroleum
underground
storage
tank
required
by
federal
or
state
law
to
maintain
proof
of
financial
responsibility
for
that
underground
storage
tank
is
subject
to
this
chapter
subchapter
and
chapter
424
.
Sec.
114.
Section
455G.2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
As
used
in
this
chapter
subchapter
unless
the
context
otherwise
requires:
Sec.
115.
Section
455G.2,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
“Bond”
means
a
bond,
note,
or
other
obligation
issued
by
the
treasurer
of
state
for
the
fund
and
the
purposes
of
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Sec.
116.
Section
455G.3,
subsections
1
through
3,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
The
Iowa
comprehensive
petroleum
underground
storage
tank
fund
is
created
as
a
separate
fund
in
the
state
treasury,
and
any
funds
remaining
in
the
fund
at
the
end
of
each
fiscal
year
shall
not
revert
to
the
general
fund
but
shall
remain
in
the
Iowa
comprehensive
petroleum
underground
storage
tank
fund.
Interest
or
other
income
earned
by
the
fund
shall
be
deposited
in
the
fund.
The
fund
shall
include
moneys
credited
to
the
fund
under
this
section
,
section
321.145,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
and
sections
455G.8
and
455G.9
,
and
section
455G.11
,
Code
2003,
and
other
funds
which
by
law
may
be
credited
to
the
fund.
The
moneys
in
the
fund
are
appropriated
to
and
for
the
purposes
of
the
board
as
provided
in
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Amounts
in
the
fund
shall
not
be
subject
to
appropriation
for
any
other
purpose
by
the
general
assembly,
but
shall
be
used
only
for
the
purposes
set
forth
in
this
chapter
subchapter
.
The
treasurer
of
state
shall
act
as
custodian
of
the
fund
and
disburse
amounts
contained
in
it
as
directed
by
the
board
including
automatic
disbursements
of
funds
as
received
pursuant
to
the
terms
of
bond
indentures
and
documents
and
security
provisions
to
trustees
and
custodians.
The
treasurer
of
state
is
authorized
to
invest
the
funds
deposited
in
the
fund
at
the
direction
of
the
board
and
subject
to
any
limitations
contained
in
any
applicable
bond
House
File
556,
p.
41
proceedings.
The
income
from
such
investment
shall
be
credited
to
and
deposited
in
the
fund.
The
fund
shall
be
administered
by
the
board
which
shall
make
expenditures
from
the
fund
consistent
with
the
purposes
of
the
programs
set
out
in
this
chapter
subchapter
without
further
appropriation.
The
fund
may
be
divided
into
different
accounts
with
different
depositories
as
determined
by
the
board
and
to
fulfill
the
purposes
of
this
chapter
subchapter
.
2.
The
board
shall
assist
Iowa’s
owners
and
operators
of
petroleum
underground
storage
tanks
in
complying
with
federal
environmental
protection
agency
technical
and
financial
responsibility
regulations
by
establishment
of
the
Iowa
comprehensive
petroleum
underground
storage
tank
fund.
The
treasurer
of
state
may
issue
its
bonds,
or
series
of
bonds,
to
assist
the
board,
as
provided
in
this
chapter
subchapter
.
3.
The
purposes
of
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
include
but
are
not
limited
to
any
of
the
following:
a.
To
establish
a
remedial
account
to
fund
corrective
action
for
petroleum
releases
as
provided
by
section
455G.9
.
b.
To
establish
a
loan
guarantee
account,
as
provided
by
and
to
the
extent
permitted
by
section
455G.10,
Code
1999
.
c.
To
establish
a
marketability
fund
for
the
purposes
as
stated
in
section
455G.21
.
Sec.
117.
Section
455G.4,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
subparagraph
(4),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(4)
Three
public
members
appointed
by
the
governor
and
confirmed
by
the
senate
to
staggered
four-year
terms,
except
that,
of
the
first
members
appointed,
one
public
member
shall
be
appointed
for
a
term
of
two
years
and
one
for
a
term
of
four
years.
A
public
member
shall
have
experience,
knowledge,
and
expertise
of
the
subject
matter
embraced
within
this
chapter
subchapter
.
A
public
member
may
have
experience
in
either,
or
both,
financial
markets
or
insurance.
Sec.
118.
Section
455G.4,
subsection
3,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
board
shall
adopt
rules
regarding
its
practice
and
procedures,
develop
underwriting
standards,
establish
procedures
for
investigating
and
settling
claims
made
against
the
fund,
and
otherwise
implement
and
administer
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Sec.
119.
Section
455G.4,
subsection
5,
paragraphs
a
and
b,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
board
shall
approve
any
contract
entered
into
House
File
556,
p.
42
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
if
the
cost
of
the
contract
exceeds
seventy-five
thousand
dollars.
b.
A
listing
of
all
contracts
entered
into
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
be
presented
at
each
board
meeting
and
shall
be
made
available
to
the
public.
The
listing
shall
state
the
interested
parties
to
the
contract,
the
amount
of
the
contract,
and
the
subject
matter
of
the
contract.
Sec.
120.
Section
455G.5,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
The
board
may
enter
into
a
contract
or
an
agreement
authorized
under
chapter
28E
with
a
private
agency
or
person,
the
department
of
natural
resources,
the
Iowa
finance
authority,
the
department
of
administrative
services,
the
department
of
revenue,
other
departments,
agencies,
or
governmental
subdivisions
of
this
state,
another
state,
or
the
United
States,
in
connection
with
its
administration
and
implementation
of
this
chapter
subchapter
or
chapter
424
or
455B
.
Sec.
121.
Section
455G.6,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
In
administering
the
fund,
the
board
has
all
of
the
general
powers
reasonably
necessary
and
convenient
to
carry
out
its
purposes
and
duties
and
may
do
any
of
the
following,
subject
to
express
limitations
contained
in
this
chapter
subchapter
:
Sec.
122.
Section
455G.6,
subsection
8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
8.
Bonds
issued
under
this
section
are
payable
solely
and
only
out
of
the
moneys,
assets,
or
revenues
of
the
fund,
all
of
which
may
be
deposited
with
trustees
or
depositories
in
accordance
with
bond
or
security
documents
and
pledged
by
the
board
to
the
payment
thereof,
and
are
not
an
indebtedness
of
this
state,
or
a
charge
against
the
general
credit
or
general
fund
of
the
state,
and
the
state
shall
not
be
liable
for
any
financial
undertakings
with
respect
to
the
fund.
Bonds
issued
under
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
contain
on
their
face
a
statement
that
the
bonds
do
not
constitute
an
indebtedness
of
the
state.
Sec.
123.
Section
455G.6,
subsection
10,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
Subject
to
the
terms,
conditions,
and
covenants
providing
for
the
payment
of
the
principal,
redemption
premiums,
if
any,
interest,
and
other
terms,
conditions,
covenants,
and
protective
provisions
safeguarding
payment,
not
inconsistent
House
File
556,
p.
43
with
this
chapter
subchapter
and
as
determined
by
the
trust
indenture,
resolution,
or
other
instrument
authorizing
their
issuance.
Sec.
124.
Section
455G.6,
subsections
14
through
17,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
14.
Bonds
issued
under
the
provisions
of
this
section
are
declared
to
be
issued
for
an
essential
public
and
governmental
purpose
and
all
bonds
issued
under
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
be
exempt
from
taxation
by
the
state
of
Iowa
and
the
interest
on
the
bonds
shall
be
exempt
from
the
state
income
tax
and
the
state
inheritance
and
estate
tax.
15.
a.
Subject
to
the
terms
of
any
bond
documents,
moneys
in
the
fund
or
fund
accounts
may
be
expended
for
administration
expenses,
civil
penalties,
moneys
paid
under
an
agreement,
stipulation,
or
settlement,
for
the
costs
associated
with
sites
within
a
community
remediation
project,
for
costs
related
to
contracts
entered
into
with
a
state
agency
or
university,
costs
for
activities
relating
to
litigation,
or
for
the
costs
of
any
other
activities
as
the
board
may
determine
are
necessary
and
convenient
to
facilitate
compliance
with
and
to
implement
the
intent
of
federal
laws
and
regulations
and
this
chapter
subchapter
.
For
purposes
of
this
chapter
subchapter
,
administration
expenses
include
expenses
incurred
by
the
underground
storage
tank
section
of
the
department
of
natural
resources
in
relation
to
tanks
regulated
under
this
chapter
subchapter
.
b.
The
authority
granted
under
this
subsection
which
allows
the
board
to
expend
fund
moneys
on
an
activity
the
board
determines
is
necessary
and
convenient
to
facilitate
compliance
with
and
to
implement
the
intent
of
federal
laws
and
regulations
and
this
chapter
subchapter
,
shall
only
be
used
in
accordance
with
the
following:
(1)
Prior
board
approval
shall
be
required
before
expenditure
of
moneys
pursuant
to
this
authority
shall
be
made.
(2)
If
the
expenditure
of
fund
moneys
pursuant
to
this
authority
would
result
in
the
board
establishing
a
policy
which
would
substantially
affect
the
operation
of
the
program,
rules
shall
be
adopted
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
prior
to
the
board
or
the
administrator
taking
any
action
pursuant
to
this
proposed
policy.
16.
The
board
shall
cooperate
with
the
department
of
natural
resources
in
the
implementation
and
administration
of
this
chapter
subchapter
to
assure
that
in
combination
with
House
File
556,
p.
44
existing
state
statutes
and
rules
governing
underground
storage
tanks,
the
state
will
be,
and
continue
to
be,
recognized
by
the
federal
government
as
having
an
“approved
state
account”
under
the
federal
Resource
Conservation
and
Recovery
Act,
especially
by
compliance
with
the
Act’s
subtitle
I
financial
responsibility
requirements
as
enacted
in
the
federal
Superfund
Amendments
and
Reauthorization
Act
of
1986
and
the
financial
responsibility
regulations
adopted
by
the
United
States
environmental
protection
agency
at
40
C.F.R.
pts.
280
and
281.
Whenever
possible
this
chapter
subchapter
shall
be
interpreted
to
further
the
purposes
of,
and
to
comply,
and
not
to
conflict,
with
such
federal
requirements.
17.
The
board
may
adopt
rules
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
providing
for
the
transfer
of
all
or
a
portion
of
the
liabilities
of
the
board
under
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Notwithstanding
other
provisions
to
the
contrary,
the
board,
upon
such
transfer,
shall
not
maintain
any
duty
to
reimburse
claimants
under
this
chapter
subchapter
for
those
liabilities
transferred.
Sec.
125.
Section
455G.8,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
Statutory
allocations
fund.
The
moneys
credited
from
the
statutory
allocations
fund
under
section
321.145,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
shall
be
allocated,
consistent
with
this
chapter
subchapter
,
among
the
fund’s
accounts,
for
debt
service
and
other
fund
expenses,
according
to
the
fund
budget,
resolution,
trust
agreement,
or
other
instrument
prepared
or
entered
into
by
the
board
or
treasurer
of
state
under
direction
of
the
board.
Sec.
126.
Section
455G.9,
subsection
7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
7.
Expenses
of
cleanup
not
required.
When
an
owner
or
operator
who
is
eligible
for
benefits
under
this
chapter
subchapter
is
allowed
by
the
department
of
natural
resources
to
monitor
in
place,
the
expenses
incurred
for
cleanup
beyond
the
level
required
by
the
department
of
natural
resources
may
be
covered
under
any
of
the
accounts
established
under
the
fund
only
if
approved
by
the
board
as
cost-effective
relative
to
the
department
accepted
monitoring
plan
or
relative
to
the
repeal
date
specified
in
section
424.19
.
The
cleanup
expenses
incurred
for
work
completed
beyond
what
is
required
is
the
responsibility
of
the
person
contracting
for
the
excess
cleanup.
The
board
shall
seek
to
terminate
the
responsible
House
File
556,
p.
45
party’s
environmental
liabilities
at
such
sites
prior
to
the
board
ceasing
operation.
Sec.
127.
Section
455G.12,
subsection
2,
paragraph
e,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
e.
The
intent
of
this
chapter
subchapter
that
the
board
shall
maximize
the
availability
of
reasonably
priced,
financially
sound
insurance
coverage
or
loan
guarantee
assistance.
Sec.
128.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
Owner
or
operator
not
in
compliance,
subject
to
full
and
total
cost
recovery.
Notwithstanding
subsection
2
,
the
liability
of
an
owner
or
operator
shall
be
the
full
and
total
costs
of
corrective
action
and
bodily
injury
or
property
damage
to
third
parties,
as
specified
in
subsection
1
,
if
the
owner
or
operator
has
not
complied
with
the
financial
responsibility
or
other
underground
storage
tank
rules
of
the
department
of
natural
resources
or
with
this
chapter
subchapter
and
rules
adopted
under
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Sec.
129.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
4,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
The
punitive
damages
imposed
under
this
subsection
are
in
addition
to
any
costs
or
expenditures
recovered
from
the
owner
or
operator
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
and
in
addition
to
any
other
penalty
or
relief
provided
by
this
chapter
subchapter
or
any
other
law.
Sec.
130.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
6.
Joinder
of
parties.
The
department
of
natural
resources
has
standing
in
any
case
or
contested
action
related
to
the
fund
or
a
tank
to
assert
any
claim
that
the
department
may
have
regarding
the
tank
at
issue
in
the
case
or
contested
action
,
upon
.
Upon
motion
and
sufficient
showing
by
a
party
to
a
cost
recovery
or
subrogation
action
provided
for
under
this
section
,
the
court
or
the
administrative
law
judge
shall
join
to
the
action
any
potentially
responsible
party
who
may
be
liable
for
costs
and
expenditures
of
the
type
recoverable
pursuant
to
this
section
.
Sec.
131.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
8.
Third-party
contracts
not
binding
on
board,
proceedings
against
responsible
party.
An
insurance,
indemnification,
hold
harmless,
conveyance,
or
similar
risk-sharing
or
risk-shifting
House
File
556,
p.
46
agreement
shall
not
be
effective
to
transfer
any
liability
for
costs
recoverable
under
this
section
.
The
fund,
board,
or
department
of
natural
resources
may
proceed
directly
against
the
owner
or
operator
or
other
allegedly
responsible
party.
This
section
does
not
bar
any
agreement
to
insure,
hold
harmless,
or
indemnify
a
party
to
the
agreement
for
any
costs
or
expenditures
under
this
chapter
subchapter
,
and
does
not
modify
rights
between
the
parties
to
an
agreement,
except
to
the
extent
the
agreement
shifts
liability
to
an
owner
or
operator
eligible
for
assistance
under
the
remedial
account
for
any
damages
or
other
expenses
in
connection
with
a
corrective
action
for
which
another
potentially
responsible
party
is
or
may
be
liable.
Any
such
provision
is
null
and
void
and
of
no
force
or
effect.
Sec.
132.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
10,
paragraphs
a
and
b,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
Upon
payment
by
the
fund
for
corrective
action
or
third-party
liability
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
,
the
rights
of
the
claimant
to
recover
payment
from
any
potentially
responsible
party,
are
assumed
by
the
board
to
the
extent
paid
by
the
fund.
A
claimant
is
precluded
from
receiving
double
compensation
for
the
same
injury.
b.
In
an
action
brought
pursuant
to
this
chapter
subchapter
seeking
damages
for
corrective
action
or
third-party
liability,
the
court
shall
permit
evidence
and
argument
as
to
the
replacement
or
indemnification
of
actual
economic
losses
incurred
or
to
be
incurred
in
the
future
by
the
claimant
by
reason
of
insurance
benefits,
governmental
benefits
or
programs,
or
from
any
other
source.
Sec.
133.
Section
455G.13,
subsection
12,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
12.
Recovery
or
subrogation
——
installers
and
inspectors.
Notwithstanding
any
other
provision
contained
in
this
chapter
subchapter
,
the
board
or
a
person
insured
under
the
underground
storage
tank
insurance
fund
established
in
section
455G.11
,
Code
2003,
has
no
right
of
recovery
or
right
of
subrogation
against
an
installer
or
an
inspector
who
was
insured
by
the
underground
storage
tank
insurance
fund
for
the
tank
giving
rise
to
the
liability
other
than
for
recovery
of
any
deductibles
paid.
Sec.
134.
Section
455G.21,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
innocent
landowners
fund
shall
be
established
as
House
File
556,
p.
47
a
separate
fund
in
the
state
treasury
under
the
control
of
the
board.
The
innocent
landowners
fund
shall
include
any
moneys
recovered
pursuant
to
cost
recovery
enforcement
under
section
455G.13
.
Notwithstanding
section
455G.1,
subsection
2
,
benefits
for
the
costs
of
corrective
action
may
be
provided
to
the
owner
of
a
petroleum-contaminated
property,
or
an
owner
or
operator
of
an
underground
storage
tank
located
on
the
property,
who
is
not
otherwise
eligible
to
receive
benefits
under
section
455G.9
due
to
the
date
on
which
the
release
causing
the
contamination
was
reported
or
the
date
the
claim
was
filed.
An
owner
of
a
petroleum-contaminated
property,
or
an
owner
or
operator
of
an
underground
storage
tank
located
on
the
property,
shall
be
eligible
for
payment
of
corrective
action
costs
subject
to
copayment
requirements
under
section
455G.9,
subsection
4
.
The
board
may
adopt
rules
conditioning
receipt
of
benefits
under
this
paragraph
to
those
petroleum-contaminated
properties
which
present
a
higher
degree
of
risk
to
the
public
health
and
safety
or
the
environment
and
may
adopt
rules
providing
for
denial
of
benefits
under
this
paragraph
to
a
person
who
did
not
make
a
good
faith
attempt
to
comply
with
the
provisions
of
this
chapter
subchapter
.
This
paragraph
does
not
confer
a
legal
right
to
an
owner
of
petroleum-contaminated
property,
or
an
owner
or
operator
of
an
underground
storage
tank
located
on
the
property,
for
receipt
of
benefits
under
this
paragraph.
Sec.
135.
Section
455G.21,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
Moneys
in
the
fund
shall
not
be
used
for
purposes
of
bonding
or
providing
security
for
bonding
under
this
chapter
subchapter
.
Sec.
136.
Section
455G.31,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
A
retail
dealer
may
use
gasoline
storage
and
dispensing
infrastructure
to
store
and
dispense
ethanol
blended
gasoline
classified
as
E-9
or
higher
if
the
department
of
natural
resources
under
this
chapter
subchapter
or
the
state
fire
marshal
under
chapter
101
determines
that
it
is
compatible
with
the
ethanol
blended
gasoline
being
used.
Sec.
137.
Section
461.36,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
The
department
of
natural
resources
shall
allocate
distribute
trust
fund
moneys
in
from
the
account
to
local
communities
for
the
following
initiatives:
House
File
556,
p.
48
Sec.
138.
Section
461.37,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
The
department
of
transportation
and
the
department
of
natural
resources
shall
allocate
use
moneys
in
the
account
to
support
initiatives
related
to
the
design,
establishment,
maintenance,
improvement,
and
expansion
of
land
trails.
Sec.
139.
Section
461.38,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
lake
restoration
account
is
created
in
the
trust
fund.
Seven
percent
of
the
moneys
credited
to
the
trust
fund
shall
be
deposited
allocated
to
the
account.
Sec.
140.
Section
468.21,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
468.21
Hearing
of
petition
——
dismissal.
The
petition
may
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
on
the
petition.
At
the
time
set
for
hearing
on
said
the
petition
,
the
board
shall
hear
and
determine
the
sufficiency
of
the
petition
in
form
and
substance
(which
petition
may
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
thereon),
and
all
objections
filed
against
the
establishment
of
such
district,
and
the
board
may
view
the
premises
included
in
the
said
district.
If
it
shall
find
the
board
finds
that
the
construction
of
the
proposed
improvement
will
not
materially
benefit
said
lands
or
would
not
be
for
the
public
benefit
or
utility
nor
conducive
to
the
public
health,
convenience,
or
welfare,
or
that
the
cost
thereof
is
excessive
it
the
board
shall
dismiss
the
proceedings.
Sec.
141.
Section
468.252,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
468.252
Hearing
on
petition.
The
petition
may
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
on
the
petition.
At
the
time
set
for
hearing
on
said
the
petition
,
the
board
shall
hear
and
determine
the
sufficiency
of
the
petition
as
to
form
and
substance
(which
petition
may
be
amended
at
any
time
before
final
action
thereon),
and
all
objections
filed
against
the
abandonment
and
dissolution
of
such
district.
If
it
shall
find
the
board
finds
that
such
district
is
free
from
indebtedness
and
that
the
necessity
for
the
continued
maintenance
thereof
no
longer
exists
or
that
the
expense
of
the
continued
maintenance
of
such
district
is
not
commensurate
with
the
benefits
derived
therefrom,
it
the
board
shall
enter
an
order
abandoning
and
dissolving
such
district,
which
order
shall
be
filed
with
the
county
auditor
of
the
House
File
556,
p.
49
county
or
counties
in
which
such
district
is
situated
and
noted
on
the
drainage
record.
Sec.
142.
Section
477.10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
477.10
Definitions.
1.
a.
“Local
exchange”
,
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
subchapter
,
shall
refer
to
a
telephone
line
or
lines
or
to
a
telephone
switchboard
or
switchboards
operating
by
virtue
of
a
franchise
granted
by
a
city
furnishing
telephonic
communication
between
two
or
more
members
of
the
public
within
the
same
city,
village,
community,
locality
or
neighborhood,
which
said
line
or
lines
or
switchboard
or
switchboards
shall
be
under
the
same
management
and
control.
b.
“Local
exchange”
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
subchapter
shall
not
include
or
refer
to
privately
owned
or
leased
lines
or
switchboards,
operated
and
used
by
members
of
the
public
other
than
telephone
or
telegraph
companies
as
a
public
utility
by
which
the
public
is
offered
telephonic
service.
2.
“Local
exchange
company”
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
subchapter
,
shall
refer
to
any
one
or
more
individuals,
firms
or
corporations
operating
one
or
more
local
exchanges
as
herein
defined
in
this
section
.
3.
“Long
distance
company”
within
the
meaning
of
this
Act
subchapter
shall
refer
to
and
include
one
or
more
persons,
firms
or
corporations
operating
connecting
lines
between
two
or
more
local
exchanges,
one
or
more
of
which
local
exchanges
are
owned
by
a
local
telephone
company
other
than
such
person,
firm
or
corporation,
over
which
line
or
lines
telephonic
communication
is
had
between
members
of
the
public
connected
with
said
local
exchanges.
Sec.
143.
Section
481A.6A,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“pen-reared
pheasant”
means
a
Chinese
ring-necked
pheasant
(Phasianus
colchicus
torquatus)
and
its
subspecies
which
originates
from
a
captive
population
and
which
has
been
propagated
and
held
by
a
hatchery.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
“pen-reared
pheasant”
does
not
include
a
Reeves
(Syrmaticus
reevesii)
or
Lady
Amherst
(Chrysolophus
amherstiae)
pheasant,
a
subspecies
of
the
Chinese
ring-necked
pheasant
such
classified
as
a
Japanese
(Phasianus
versicolor)
or
a
Black-necked
(P.
colchicus
colchicus)
pheasant,
or
a
melanistic
mutant
(black,
white,
or
other
color
mix)
of
House
File
556,
p.
50
the
Chinese
ring-necked
pheasant.
This
subsection
is
not
applicable
to
game
birds
released
for
officially
sanctioned
field
meets
or
trials
and
retriever
meets
or
trials
on
private
land
pursuant
to
section
481A.22
,
pen-raised
game
birds
used
on
private
land
pursuant
to
section
481A.56
,
or
game
birds
released
on
hunting
preserves
pursuant
to
chapter
484B
.
Sec.
144.
Section
481A.72,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
Except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
chapter,
a
person
shall
not
at
any
time
take
from
the
waters
of
the
state
any
fish
,
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
chapter
,
except
with
hook,
line,
and
bait
,
nor
shall
a
.
A
person
shall
not
use
more
than
three
lines
nor
more
than
two
hooks
on
each
line
in
still
fishing
or
trolling
,
and
in
.
In
fly
fishing
not
more
than
two
flies
may
be
used
on
one
line,
and
in
trolling
and
bait
casting
not
more
than
two
trolling
spoons
or
artificial
bait
may
be
used
on
one
line.
Sec.
145.
Section
489.1303,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
489.1303
Savings
clause.
This
chapter
does
not
affect
an
action
commenced,
proceeding
brought,
or
right
accrued
before
this
chapter
takes
effect
January
1,
2009
.
Sec.
146.
Section
490.1114,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
domestic
corporation
or
other
entity
that
has
been
converted
pursuant
to
this
article
division
is
for
all
purposes
the
same
domestic
corporation
or
other
entity
that
existed
before
the
conversion.
Sec.
147.
Section
491.38,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
491.38
Consolidation
of
interstate
bridge
companies.
Any
corporation
heretofore
or
hereafter
organized
under
the
laws
of
this
state
for
the
purpose
of
constructing
and/or
or
operating
,
or
constructing
and
operating,
a
bridge,
one
extremity
of
which
shall
rest
in
an
adjacent
state,
may
merge
and/or
or
consolidate
the
stock,
property,
rights,
franchises,
privileges,
assets
and
liabilities
of
such
corporation
with
the
stock,
property,
rights,
franchises,
privileges,
assets
and
liabilities
of
a
corporation
organized
for
a
similar
purpose
under
the
laws
of
such
adjacent
state,
upon
such
terms
not
in
conflict
with
law
as
may
be
mutually
agreed
upon,
and
thereafter
such
merged
and/or
or
consolidated
corporations
House
File
556,
p.
51
shall
be
one
corporation
with
such
name
as
may
be
agreed
upon,
and
shall
have
all
of
the
property,
rights,
privileges,
assets
and
franchises,
and
be
subject
to
all
of
the
liabilities,
of
the
merging
or
consolidating
corporations.
Sec.
148.
Section
502.306,
subsection
1,
paragraph
h,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
h.
The
financial
condition
of
the
issuer
affects
or
would
affect
the
soundness
of
the
securities,
except
that
applications
for
registration
of
securities
by
companies
which
are
in
the
development
stage
shall
not
be
denied
based
solely
upon
the
financial
condition
of
the
company.
For
purposes
of
this
rule
paragraph
,
a
“development
stage
company”
is
defined
as
a
company
which
has
been
in
existence
for
five
years
or
less.
Sec.
149.
Section
504.1101,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
name
of
each
corporation
or
unincorporated
entity
planning
to
merge
and
the
name
of
the
surviving
corporation
or
unincorporated
entity
into
which
each
plans
to
merge.
Sec.
150.
Section
507.14,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4.
Confidential
documents,
materials,
information,
administrative
or
judicial
orders,
or
other
actions
may
be
disclosed
to
a
regulatory
official
of
any
state,
federal
agency,
or
foreign
country
provided
that
the
recipients
are
required,
under
their
the
law
of
the
recipients’
jurisdiction
,
to
maintain
their
confidentiality
of
the
documents,
materials,
information,
orders,
or
other
actions
.
Confidential
records
may
be
disclosed
to
the
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners,
the
international
association
of
insurance
supervisors,
and
the
bank
for
international
settlements
provided
that
the
associations
and
bank
certify
by
written
statement
that
the
confidentiality
of
the
records
will
be
maintained.
Sec.
151.
Section
508.38,
subsection
10,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
10.
a.
For
any
contract
which
provides,
within
the
same
contract
by
rider
or
supplemental
contract
provision,
both
annuity
benefits
and
life
insurance
benefits
that
are
in
excess
of
the
greater
of
cash
surrender
benefits
or
a
return
of
the
gross
considerations
with
interest,
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
benefits
shall
be
equal
to
the
sum
of
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
benefits
for
the
annuity
portion
and
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
benefits,
if
any,
for
the
life
insurance
portion
computed
as
House
File
556,
p.
52
if
each
portion
were
a
separate
contract.
Notwithstanding
the
provisions
of
subsections
4,
5,
6,
7,
and
9
,
additional
benefits
shall
be
disregarded
in
ascertaining
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
amounts,
paid-up
annuity,
cash
surrender
and
death
benefits
that
may
be
required
by
this
section,
if
the
additional
benefits
are
payable
(a)
in
:
(1)
In
the
event
of
total
and
permanent
disability
;
(b)
as
.
(2)
As
reversionary
annuity
or
deferred
reversionary
annuity
benefits
,
or
(c)
as
.
(3)
As
other
policy
benefits
additional
to
life
insurance,
endowment,
and
annuity
benefits,
and
considerations
for
all
such
additional
benefits
,
shall
be
disregarded
in
ascertaining
the
minimum
nonforfeiture
amounts,
paid-up
annuity,
cash
surrender
and
death
benefits
that
may
be
required
by
this
section
.
b.
The
inclusion
of
such
additional
benefits
shall
not
be
required
in
any
paid-up
benefits,
unless
such
additional
benefits
separately
would
require
minimum
nonforfeiture
amounts,
paid-up
annuity,
cash
surrender
and
death
benefits.
Sec.
152.
Section
511.8,
subsection
5,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
Are
securities
that
at
the
date
of
acquisition
are
rated
three
by
the
securities
valuation
office
of
the
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners
or
have
the
equivalent
rating
by
a
rating
organization
that
is
approved
by
the
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners
as
an
acceptable
rating
organization
and
are
listed
or
admitted
to
trading
on
a
securities
exchange
in
the
United
States
or
are
publicly
held
and
actively
traded
in
the
over-the-counter
market
and
market
quotations
are
readily
available.
If
a
security
acquired
under
this
paragraph
is
subsequently
downgraded
from
a
three
rating
by
the
securities
valuation
office
of
the
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners
or
from
the
equivalent
rating
by
a
national
association
of
insurance
commissioners’
acceptable
rating
organization,
the
security
no
longer
qualifies
as
a
legal
reserve
investment.
Sec.
153.
Section
512B.11,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
A
domestic
society
organized
on
or
after
the
effective
date
of
this
Act
January
1,
1991,
shall
be
formed
as
follows:
Sec.
154.
Section
514D.2,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
“Accident
and
sickness
insurance”
means
individual
House
File
556,
p.
53
accident
and
sickness
insurance
within
the
meaning
of
section
514A.1
.
“Accident
and
sickness
insurance”
also
means
individual
subscriber
contracts
for
hospital
service,
or
medical
and
surgical
service,
or
individual
pharmaceutical
or
optometric
service
issued
under
chapter
514
,
and
for
purposes
of
this
division
chapter
,
corporations
issuing
contracts
under
chapter
514
are
deemed
to
be
engaged
in
the
business
of
insurance.
Sec.
155.
Section
514F.6,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“physician”
means
a
licensed
doctor
of
medicine
and
surgery
or
a
licensed
doctor
of
osteopathic
medicine
and
surgery;
“advanced
:
a.
“Advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner”
means
a
licensed
nurse
who
is
also
registered
to
practice
in
an
advanced
role
,
“physician
.
b.
“Clean
claim”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
507B.4A,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“b”
.
c.
“Credentialing”
means
a
process
through
which
a
health
insurer
makes
a
determination
based
on
criteria
established
by
the
health
insurer
concerning
whether
a
physician,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
assistant
is
eligible
to
provide
health
care
services
to
an
insured
and
to
receive
reimbursement
for
the
health
care
services
provided
under
an
agreement
entered
into
between
the
physician,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
assistant
and
the
health
insurer.
d.
“Credentialing
period”
means
the
time
period
between
the
health
insurer’s
receipt
of
a
physician’s,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner’s,
or
physician
assistant’s
application
for
credentialing
and
approval
of
that
application
by
the
health
insurer.
e.
“Physician”
means
a
licensed
doctor
of
medicine
and
surgery
or
a
licensed
doctor
of
osteopathic
medicine
and
surgery.
f.
“Physician
assistant”
means
a
person
who
is
licensed
to
practice
as
a
physician
assistant
under
the
supervision
of
one
or
more
physicians
;
and
“credentialing
period”
means
the
time
period
between
the
health
insurer’s
receipt
of
a
physician’s,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner’s,
or
physician
assistant’s
application
for
credentialing
and
approval
of
that
application
by
the
health
insurer
.
“Credentialing”
means
a
process
through
which
a
health
insurer
makes
a
determination
based
on
criteria
established
by
the
health
insurer
concerning
House
File
556,
p.
54
whether
a
physician,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
assistant
is
eligible
to
provide
health
care
services
to
an
insured
and
to
receive
reimbursement
for
the
health
care
services
provided
under
an
agreement
entered
into
between
the
physician,
advanced
registered
nurse
practitioner,
or
physician
assistant
and
the
health
insurer.
“Clean
claim”
means
the
same
as
defined
in
section
507B.4A,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“b”
.
Sec.
156.
Section
515.19,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
515.19
Advancement
of
funds.
Any
director,
officer,
or
member
of
any
such
mutual
company,
or
any
other
person,
may
advance
to
such
company,
any
sum
or
sums
of
money
necessary
for
the
purpose
of
its
business,
or
to
enable
it
to
comply
with
any
of
the
requirements
of
the
law,
and
such
moneys
and
such
interest
thereon
as
may
have
been
agreed
upon,
not
exceeding
the
maximum
statutory
rate
of
interest,
shall
not
be
a
liability
or
claim
against
the
company
or
any
of
its
assets,
except
as
herein
provided,
and
upon
approval
of
the
commissioner
of
insurance
may
be
repaid,
but
only
out
of
the
surplus
earnings
of
such
company.
No
commissioner
commission
or
promotion
expenses
shall
be
paid
in
connection
with
the
advance
of
any
such
money
to
the
company.
The
amount
of
such
advance
shall
be
reported
in
each
annual
statement.
Sec.
157.
Section
523A.601,
subsection
1,
paragraph
i,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
i.
Include
an
explanation
of
regulatory
oversight
by
the
insurance
division
in
twelve
point
boldface
type,
in
substantially
the
following
language:
THIS
AGREEMENT
IS
SUBJECT
TO
RULES
ADMINISTERED
BY
THE
IOWA
INSURANCE
DIVISION.
YOU
MAY
CALL
THE
INSURANCE
DIVISION
AT
(515)281–5705
(TELEPHONE
NUMBER)
.
WRITTEN
INQUIRIES
OR
COMPLAINTS
SHOULD
BE
MAILED
TO
THE
IOWA
SECURITIES
AND
REGULATED
INDUSTRIES
BUREAU,
330
MAPLE
STREET
(STREET
ADDRESS)
,
DES
MOINES
(CITY)
,
IOWA
50319
(ZIP
CODE)
.
Sec.
158.
Section
523A.602,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
subparagraph
(3),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(3)
State
in
language
that
is
substantially
similar
to
the
following
language:
Sec.
159.
Section
524.521,
subsection
3,
unnumbered
paragraph
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
The
articles
of
incorporation
of
a
stock
corporation
may
authorize
one
or
more
classes
of
shares
that
have
any
of
the
House
File
556,
p.
55
following
qualities:
Sec.
160.
Section
524.1008,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
a.
A
state
bank
authorized
to
act
in
a
fiduciary
capacity
may
enter
into
an
agreement
for
the
succession
of
fiduciary
accounts
with
a
trust
company
subsidiary
authorized
by
the
superintendent
pursuant
to
section
524.802,
subsection
12
,
paragraph
“b”
,
or
one
or
more
other
state
or
national
banks
that
are
located
in
this
state
and
authorized
to
act
in
a
fiduciary
capacity.
In
the
agreement,
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
may
agree
to
succeed
the
relinquishing
bank
as
a
fiduciary
with
respect
to
those
fiduciary
accounts
which
are
designated
in
the
agreement.
The
designation
of
accounts
may
be
by
general
class
or
description
and
may
include
fiduciary
accounts
subject
and
not
subject
to
court
administration
and
fiduciary
accounts
to
arise
in
the
future
under
wills,
trusts,
court
orders,
or
other
documents
under
which
the
relinquishing
bank
is
named
as
a
fiduciary
or
is
named
to
become
a
fiduciary
upon
the
death
of
a
testator
or
settlor
or
upon
the
happening
of
any
other
subsequent
event.
The
agreement
shall
provide
either
(a)
that
that
one
of
the
following
applies:
(1)
That
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
maintain
one
or
more
employees
or
agents
at
the
office
of
the
relinquishing
bank
in
order
to
facilitate
the
continued
servicing
of
the
designated
fiduciary
accounts
,
or
(b)
that
.
(2)
That
the
relinquishing
bank
act
as
an
agent
of
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
with
respect
to
the
fiduciary
accounts
that
are
subject
to
the
agreement,
and
the
relinquishing
bank
as
an
agent
may
perform
services
other
than
fiduciary
services
with
respect
to
those
accounts.
b.
If
the
relinquishing
bank
is
an
agent
under
the
alternative
(b)
above
specified
in
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(2)
,
then
the
relinquishing
bank
shall
disclose
to
its
customers
that
it
is
acting
as
an
agent
of
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary.
The
relinquishing
bank
shall
mail
a
notice
of
the
succession
to
all
persons
having
an
interest
in
a
fiduciary
account
at
their
last
known
address,
and
shall
publish
a
notice
of
the
succession
to
fiduciary
accounts
in
a
newspaper
published
in
the
county
of
the
principal
place
of
business
of
the
relinquishing
bank.
After
the
publication,
the
succeeding
bank
or
trust
company
subsidiary
shall,
without
further
notice,
approval
or
authorization
succeed
House
File
556,
p.
56
the
relinquishing
bank
as
to
the
fiduciary
accounts
and
the
fiduciary
powers,
rights,
privileges,
duties,
and
liabilities
for
the
fiduciary
accounts.
On
the
effective
date
of
the
succession
to
fiduciary
accounts,
the
relinquishing
bank
is
released
from
fiduciary
duties
under
the
fiduciary
accounts
and
shall
discontinue
its
exercise
of
trust
powers
to
the
fiduciary
accounts.
This
subsection
does
not
absolve
a
relinquishing
bank
from
liabilities
arising
out
of
a
breach
of
fiduciary
duty
occurring
prior
to
the
succession
of
fiduciary
accounts.
Sec.
161.
Section
524.1413,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
Within
ninety
days
after
the
application
has
been
accepted
for
processing,
the
superintendent
shall
approve
or
disapprove
the
application
on
the
basis
of
the
investigation.
As
a
condition
of
receiving
the
decision
of
the
superintendent
with
respect
to
the
application,
the
national
bank
,
or
federal
savings
association
,
or
state
savings
and
loan
association
shall
reimburse
the
superintendent
for
all
expenses
incurred
in
connection
with
the
application.
The
superintendent
shall
give
the
national
bank
,
or
federal
savings
association
,
or
state
savings
and
loan
association
written
notice
of
the
decision
and,
in
the
event
of
disapproval,
a
statement
of
the
reasons
for
the
decision.
If
the
superintendent
approves
the
application,
the
superintendent
shall
deliver
the
articles
of
conversion,
with
the
superintendent’s
approval
indicated
on
the
articles
of
conversion,
to
the
secretary
of
state.
The
decision
of
the
superintendent
shall
be
subject
to
judicial
review
pursuant
to
chapter
17A
.
Notwithstanding
the
terms
of
the
Iowa
administrative
procedure
Act,
chapter
17A
,
a
petition
for
judicial
review
must
be
filed
within
thirty
days
after
the
superintendent
notifies
the
national
bank
,
or
federal
savings
association
,
or
state
savings
and
loan
association
of
the
superintendent’s
decision.
Sec.
162.
Section
533.107,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
credit
union
review
board
is
created.
The
review
board
shall
consist
of
seven
members,
five
of
whom
shall
have
been
members
in
good
standing
for
at
least
the
previous
five
years
of
either
an
Iowa
state
chartered
credit
union,
or
a
credit
union
chartered
under
the
Federal
Credit
Union
Act
,
12
U.S.C.
§
1751
et
seq.,
and
having
its
principal
place
of
business
in
Iowa.
Two
of
the
members
may
be
public
members;
however,
at
no
time
shall
more
than
five
of
the
members
be
directors
House
File
556,
p.
57
or
employees
of
a
credit
union.
The
members
shall
serve
for
three-year
staggered
terms
beginning
and
ending
as
provided
by
section
69.19
.
Sec.
163.
Section
533.213,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
Credit
unions
organized
under
this
chapter
,
the
Federal
Credit
Union
Act,
12
U.S.C.
§
1751
et
seq.,
or
any
other
credit
union
act
and
credit
union
organizations
may
be
members.
Sec.
164.
Section
535B.10,
subsection
6,
paragraph
h,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
h.
The
administrator
may
furnish
information
to
the
title
guaranty
division
of
the
Iowa
finance
authority
relating
to
supervision
of
closing
agent
licensees
whose
activities
relate
to
the
issuance
of
title
guaranty
certificates
issued
by
the
title
guaranty
division
of
the
Iowa
finance
authority
to
the
title
guaranty
division
.
The
title
guaranty
division
may
use
this
information
to
satisfy
its
reinsurance
requirements
and
may
provide
the
information
to
its
reinsurer
to
the
extent
necessary
to
satisfy
reinsurer
requirements
provided
the
reinsurer
agrees
to
maintain
the
confidentiality
of
the
information.
The
title
guaranty
division
shall
maintain
the
confidentiality
of
the
information
provided
pursuant
to
this
paragraph
in
all
other
respects.
Sec.
165.
Section
543B.7,
subsection
5,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
If
an
investigation
pursuant
to
this
chapter
reveals
that
an
auctioneer
has
violated
this
subsection
or
has
assumed
to
act
in
the
capacity
of
a
real
estate
broker
or
real
estate
salesperson,
the
real
estate
commission
shall
issue
a
cease
and
desist
order,
and
shall
impose
a
civil
penalty
of
one
thousand
dollars
for
the
first
offense,
and
impose
a
civil
penalty
of
up
to
the
greater
of
ten
thousand
dollars
or
ten
percent
of
the
real
estate
sales
price
for
each
subsequent
violation.
Sec.
166.
Section
543B.43,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
543B.43
Penalties.
Any
person
found
guilty
of
violating
a
provision
of
sections
543B.1
to
543B.42
543B.41
in
a
first
offense
shall
be
guilty
of
a
simple
misdemeanor.
Sec.
167.
Section
543C.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
543C.2
Provisions
governing
sale
or
lease
of
subdivided
lands.
House
File
556,
p.
58
1.
No
subdivider
shall
sell
or
lease
subdivided
land,
or
offer
such
land
for
sale
or
lease,
or
advertise
such
land
for
sale
or
lease
to
the
public
within
this
state
unless
the
subdivider
has
filed
with
the
commission
an
application
which
shall
include
an
offering
statement.
No
subdivider
shall
engage
in
business
in
this
state
until
the
application
and
the
offering
statement
have
been
accepted
and
the
subdivider
has
been
registered
as
a
subdivider
with
the
commission.
The
In
addition
to
the
offering
statement,
the
application
shall
contain
the
following:
1.
a.
The
name
of
the
owner
and
of
the
subdivider.
2.
b.
The
address
of
the
principal
office
of
the
owner
and
of
the
subdivider,
wherever
situated,
and
the
addresses
of
the
principal
office
and
all
branch
offices
of
the
owner
and
of
the
subdivider
within
this
state.
3.
c.
The
name
of
the
person,
firm,
partnership,
company,
corporation,
or
association
holding
legal
or
equitable
title
to
the
land
for
sale
or
lease
for
the
purpose
of
offering
such
land
or
part
thereof
to
the
general
public.
4.
d.
A
statement
as
to
whether
the
owner
or
the
subdivider,
or
if
such
owner
or
subdivider
be
other
than
an
individual,
the
name
of
any
partner,
principal,
officer,
director,
or
branch
manager
thereof
or
any
owner
of
more
than
a
five
percent
interest
in
the
business,
who
has
been
convicted
of
any
criminal
offense
in
connection
with
any
transaction
involving
the
sale
or
lease,
or
offer
for
sale
or
lease,
of
subdivided
land,
or
who
has
been
enjoined
or
restrained
by
order
of
any
court
from
selling
or
leasing,
or
offering
for
sale
or
lease,
any
subdivided
land
in
any
state
or
county,
or
who
has
been
enjoined
or
restrained
by
any
court
from
continuing
any
practices
in
connection
therewith.
5.
e.
The
complete
description
of
the
land
offered
for
subdivision
by
lots,
plots,
blocks,
or
sales,
with
or
without
streets,
together
with
plats
certified
to
by
a
duly
licensed
professional
land
surveyor
accompanied
by
a
certificate
attached
thereto
showing
the
date
of
the
completion
of
the
survey
and
of
the
making
of
the
plat
and
the
name
of
the
subdivision
for
the
purpose
of
identification
of
the
subdivided
land
or
any
part
thereof.
6.
f.
Copies
of
plats
of
all
of
the
land
being
filed
by
the
subdivider
which
plats
must
have
already
been
recorded
by
the
proper
recording
office
in
the
state
in
which
the
land
is
located.
House
File
556,
p.
59
7.
g.
An
opinion
of
an
attorney
admitted
to
practice
law
in
this
state,
a
policy
of
title
insurance
issued
by
a
title
insurer
licensed
to
do
business
in
the
state
where
the
subdivided
land
is
located,
or
an
opinion
of
an
attorney
admitted
or
licensed
to
practice
law
in
the
state
wherein
the
lands
are
situated,
reciting
in
detail
all
of
the
liens,
encumbrances,
and
clouds
upon
the
title
to
such
land,
and
any
other
defects
of
title,
which
may
render
the
title
to
such
land
unmarketable.
8.
h.
The
provisions,
covenants,
terms,
and
conditions
upon
which
it
is
the
intention
of
the
owner
and
the
subdivider
to
sell
or
lease
such
subdivided
land,
accompanied
by
proposed
forms
of
contracts
contemplated
for
execution
and
delivery
upon
the
consummation
of
sales
or
leases.
9.
i.
If
the
subdivided
land
sought
to
be
filed
comes
within
the
purview
of
the
federal
Interstate
Land
Sales
Full
Disclosure
Act,
codified
at
15
U.S.C.
§
1701
et
seq.,
the
subdivider
must
furnish
a
copy
of
the
accepted
report
filed
with
the
department
of
housing
and
urban
development.
If
the
subdivision
comes
under
the
regulation
of
the
real
estate
laws
of
the
state
where
the
land
is
located
and
that
state
requires
a
state
offering
statement
or
public
report,
the
subdivider
must
also
include
a
copy
of
said
state
report.
10.
j.
The
subdivider,
if
a
corporation,
must
register
to
do
business
in
the
state
of
Iowa
as
a
foreign
corporation
with
the
secretary
of
state
and
furnish
a
copy
of
the
certificate
of
authority
to
do
business
in
the
state
of
Iowa.
If
not
a
corporation,
the
subdivider
must
comply
with
the
provisions
of
chapter
547
,
by
filing
a
proper
trade
name
with
the
Polk
county
recorder.
The
provisions
of
this
subsection
shall
also
apply
to
any
person,
partnership,
firm,
company,
corporation,
or
association,
other
than
the
subdivider,
which
is
engaged
by
or
through
the
subdivider
for
the
purpose
of
advertising
or
selling
the
land
involved
in
the
filing.
11.
k.
Such
other
information
as
the
commission
may
require,
which
shall
be
filed
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
this
chapter
.
12.
2.
The
offering
statement
must
contain
all
of
the
following:
a.
The
names,
addresses,
and
business
background
of
the
subdivider
as
required
in
subsections
subsection
1
,
paragraphs
“a”
to
4
“d”
.
If
such
subdivider
is
a
partnership
or
corporation,
the
names,
addresses,
and
business
background
of
House
File
556,
p.
60
each
of
the
partners,
officers,
and
principal
stockholders,
the
nature
of
their
fiduciary
relationship
and
their
past,
present,
or
anticipated
financial
relationship
to
the
subdivider.
b.
A
complete
description
of
the
land
and
copies
of
the
plat
in
which
the
land
is
located
as
required
in
subsections
5
subsection
1,
paragraphs
“e”
and
6
“f”
and
a
certified
financial
statement
by
a
certified
public
accountant
of
the
assets
and
liabilities
of
the
subdivider
as
of
a
date
not
more
than
six
months
prior
to
the
date
of
the
filing,
in
such
detail
as
the
board
may
require.
c.
Information
concerning
public
improvements,
including
without
limitation,
streets,
storm
sewers,
street
lighting,
water
supply,
and
sewage
treatment
and
disposal
facilities
in
existence
or
planned
on
the
subdivision,
and
the
estimated
cost,
date
of
completion,
and
responsibility
for
construction
of
improvements
to
be
made
which
are
referred
to
in
connection
with
the
sale
or
lease,
or
offering
for
sale
or
lease,
of
the
subdivision
or
any
unit
or
lot
thereon.
d.
Each
of
the
terms
and
conditions
under
which
each
such
unit
or
lot
is
offered
for
sale
and
such
opinion
or
certificates
as
required
in
subsections
7
subsection
1,
paragraphs
“g”
and
8
“h”
.
e.
A
statement
as
to
the
exact
terms
of
any
guaranties
or
promises
of
refund
or
exchange
which
are
to
be
used
by
the
subdivider.
The
guaranty
or
promise
of
refund
or
exchange,
if
any,
must
be
contained
in
the
body
of
any
contracts
used
by
the
subdivider
and
cannot
be
in
any
separate
document.
Said
guaranty
or
promise
of
refund
or
exchange
must
appear
in
boldface
type
in
the
contract.
f.
If
the
refund
privilege,
pursuant
to
paragraph
“e”
of
this
subsection
,
is
predicated
in
any
way
upon
the
requiring
by
the
subdivider
of
an
inspection
by
the
purchaser
prior
to
requesting
a
refund
or
exchange
pursuant
to
the
guaranty
provisions,
the
offering
statement
and
the
sale
contract
itself
must
set
out
in
detail
all
pertinent
information
in
regard
to
the
inspection
trip
and
in
regard
to
claiming
a
refund
or
exchange
pursuant
to
the
guaranty
after
the
inspection
trip.
g.
Such
additional
information
as
the
commission
may
require
as
being
necessary
or
appropriate
in
the
public
interest
or
for
the
protection
of
purchasers
or
lessees.
h.
g.
A
vicinity
sketch
of
sufficient
scale
to
show
the
entire
tract
of
land,
surrounding
property
ownership,
and
road
access.
House
File
556,
p.
61
h.
Such
additional
information
as
the
commission
may
require
as
being
necessary
or
appropriate
in
the
public
interest
or
for
the
protection
of
purchasers
or
lessees.
Sec.
168.
Section
577.1,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
a.
The
assent
of
the
owner
shall
be
implied,
for
purposes
of
determining
whether
a
lien
on
inanimate
personal
property
exists,
if
all
of
the
following
are
established:
a.
(1)
The
inanimate
personal
property
is
a
multi-engine
aircraft,
eligible
for
registration
under
section
501
of
the
federal
Aviation
Act
of
1958,
49
U.S.C.
§
1401
44102
.
b.
(2)
The
aircraft
is
either
owned,
leased,
operated,
or
on
order
by
an
air
carrier
certified
under
section
604(b)
of
the
federal
Aviation
Act
of
1958,
49
U.S.C.
§
1424(b)
44705
,
or
by
any
other
person
that
rents
or
leases
commercial
airliners
to
certified
air
carriers
in
the
regular
course
of
business.
c.
(3)
The
material
furnished
is
new
electronic
navigation
or
communications
aviation
equipment.
d.
(4)
The
equipment
is
delivered
for
installation
on
the
aircraft
at
the
request
of
a
lessee,
operator,
or
other
person,
or
an
agent
of
the
lessee,
operator,
or
other
person,
who
has
an
interest
in
or
exercises
control
over
the
aircraft.
b.
The
aircraft
and
equipment
shall
be
deemed,
for
purposes
of
determining
priority
over
perfected
security
interests,
to
be
in
the
possession
of
the
person
who
furnished
the
equipment,
if
the
person
either
manufactures
or
sells
the
equipment
in
the
regular
course
of
business
and
allows
the
equipment
to
be
made
available
for
installation
on
the
aircraft
by
releasing
it
for
delivery.
Possession
of
the
aircraft
and
equipment
shall
be
deemed
to
continue
up
to,
and
including,
ninety
days
after
the
equipment
is
fully
installed
on
the
aircraft,
except
that
if
a
notice
of
lien
is
filed
with
the
federal
aviation
administration,
and
no
subsequent
release
of
the
lien
is
on
file,
it
shall
be
deemed
to
continue
indefinitely.
A
notice
of
lien
under
this
section
is
not
required
to
be
verified
or
notarized,
but
shall
be
signed
by
the
lienholder,
the
lienholder’s
designated
agent,
or
the
lienholder’s
attorney
and
must
identify
the
aircraft
which
is
the
subject
of
the
lien.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1
,
liens
obtained
under
this
subsection
attach
and
take
priority
over
all
other
prior
liens
of
record
without
the
giving
of
prior
notice
or
the
obtaining
of
consent
and
are
enforceable
against
all
persons,
including
a
bona
fide
purchaser.
House
File
556,
p.
62
Sec.
169.
Section
602.8103,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5.
Invest
money
which
is
paid
to
the
clerk
to
be
paid
to
any
other
person
in
a
any
of
the
following:
a.
A
savings
account
of
a
supervised
financial
organization
as
defined
in
section
537.1301,
subsection
44
,
except
a
credit
union
operating
pursuant
to
chapter
533
.
The
provisions
of
chapter
12C
relating
to
the
deposit
and
investment
of
public
funds
apply
to
the
deposit
and
investment
of
the
money
except
that
a
supervised
financial
organization
other
than
a
credit
union
may
be
designated
as
a
depository
and
the
money
shall
be
available
upon
demand.
The
interest
earnings
shall
be
paid
into
the
general
fund
of
the
state,
except
as
otherwise
provided
by
law.
b.
In
addition,
the
money
may
be
invested
in
an
An
open-end
management
investment
company
organized
in
trust
form
registered
with
the
federal
securities
and
exchange
commission
under
the
federal
Investment
Company
Act
of
1940,
15
U.S.C.
§
80(a)
80a
,
and
operated
in
accordance
with
17
C.F.R.
§
270.2a-7,
the
portfolio
of
which
is
limited
to
obligations
of
the
United
States
of
America
or
agencies
or
instrumentalities
of
the
United
States
of
America
and
to
repurchase
agreements
fully
collateralized
by
obligations
of
the
United
States
of
America
or
an
agency
or
instrumentality
of
the
United
States
of
America
if
the
investment
company
takes
delivery
of
the
collateral
either
directly
or
through
an
authorized
custodian.
Sec.
170.
Section
602.8105,
subsection
2,
paragraph
a,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
paragraph.
Sec.
171.
Section
602.8107,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“court
debt”
means
all
fines,
penalties,
court
costs,
fees,
forfeited
bail,
surcharges
under
chapter
911
,
victim
restitution,
court-appointed
attorney
fees
or
for
expenses
of
a
public
defender
ordered
pursuant
to
section
815.9
,
or
fees
charged
pursuant
to
section
356.7
or
904.108
.
Sec.
172.
Section
602.11101,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
602.11101
Implementation
by
court
component.
1.
The
state
shall
assume
responsibility
for
components
of
the
court
system
according
to
the
following
schedule:
1.
a.
On
October
1,
1983,
the
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
jury
fees
and
mileage
as
House
File
556,
p.
63
provided
in
section
607A.8
and
on
July
1,
1984,
the
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
prosecution
witness
fees
and
mileage
and
other
witness
fees
and
mileage
assessed
against
the
prosecution
in
criminal
actions
prosecuted
under
state
law
as
provided
in
sections
622.69
and
622.72
.
2.
b.
Court
reporters
shall
become
court
employees
on
July
1,
1984.
The
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
court
reporters
on
July
1,
1984.
3.
c.
Bailiffs
who
perform
services
for
the
court,
other
than
law
enforcement
services,
shall
become
court
employees
on
January
1,
1985,
and
shall
be
called
court
attendants.
The
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
court
attendants
on
January
1,
1985.
Section
602.6601
takes
effect
on
January
1,
1985.
4.
d.
(1)
Juvenile
probation
officers
shall
become
court
employees
on
July
1,
1985.
The
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
juvenile
probation
officers
on
July
1,
1985.
(2)
Until
July
1,
1985,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
for
the
compensation
of
juvenile
court
referees.
Effective
July
1,
1985,
the
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
the
compensation
of
juvenile
court
referees.
5.
e.
(1)
Clerks
of
the
district
court
shall
become
court
employees
on
July
1,
1986.
The
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
and
the
costs
of
the
offices
of
the
clerks
of
the
district
court
on
July
1,
1986.
Persons
who
are
holding
office
as
clerks
of
the
district
court
on
July
1,
1986,
are
entitled
to
continue
to
serve
in
that
capacity
until
the
expiration
of
their
respective
terms
of
office.
The
district
judges
of
a
judicial
election
district
shall
give
first
and
primary
consideration
for
appointment
of
a
clerk
of
the
district
court
to
serve
the
court
beginning
in
1989
to
a
clerk
serving
on
and
after
July
1,
1986,
until
the
expiration
of
the
clerk’s
elected
term
of
office.
A
vacancy
in
the
office
of
clerk
of
the
district
court
occurring
on
or
after
July
1,
1986,
shall
be
filled
as
provided
in
section
602.1215
.
(2)
Until
July
1,
1986,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
court
employees
not
presently
designated
for
state
financing
and
for
miscellaneous
costs
of
the
judicial
branch
related
to
furnishings,
supplies,
and
equipment
purchased,
leased,
or
maintained
for
the
use
of
judicial
officers,
referees,
and
their
staff.
Effective
July
1,
1986,
the
state
shall
assume
House
File
556,
p.
64
the
responsibility
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
court
employees
presently
designated
for
state
financing
and
for
miscellaneous
costs
of
the
judicial
branch
related
to
furnishings,
supplies,
and
equipment
purchased,
leased,
or
maintained
for
the
use
of
judicial
officers,
referees,
and
their
staff.
However,
the
county
shall
at
all
times
remain
responsible
for
the
provision
of
suitable
courtrooms,
offices,
and
other
physical
facilities
pursuant
to
section
602.1303,
subsection
1
,
including
paint,
wall
covering,
and
fixtures
in
the
facilities.
(3)
Until
July
1,
1986,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
probate
referees
and
judicial
hospitalization
referees
and
their
staffs.
Effective
July
1,
1986,
the
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
the
compensation
of
and
operating
costs
for
probate
referees
and
judicial
hospitalization
referees
and
their
staffs.
(4)
Until
July
1,
1986,
the
county
shall
remain
responsible
for
necessary
fees
and
costs
related
to
certain
court
reporters.
Effective
July
1,
1986,
the
state
shall
assume
the
responsibility
for
necessary
fees
and
costs
related
to
certain
court
reporters.
6.
f.
The
county
shall
remain
responsible
for
the
court-ordered
costs
of
conciliation
procedures
under
section
598.16
.
2.
a.
For
the
period
beginning
July
1,
1983,
and
ending
June
30,
1987,
the
provisions
of
division
I
(articles
1
through
10)
take
effect
only
to
the
extent
that
the
provisions
do
not
conflict
with
the
scheduled
state
assumption
of
responsibility
for
the
components
of
the
court
system,
and
the
amendments
and
repeals
of
divisions
II
and
III
take
effect
only
to
the
extent
necessary
to
implement
that
scheduled
state
assumption
of
responsibility.
If
an
amendment
or
repeal
to
a
Code
section
in
division
II
or
III
is
not
effective
during
the
period
beginning
July
1,
1983,
and
ending
June
30,
1987,
the
Code
section
remains
in
effect
for
that
period.
On
July
1,
1987,
this
Act
1983
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186,
takes
effect
in
its
entirety.
b.
However,
if
the
state
does
not
fully
assume
the
costs
for
a
fiscal
year
of
a
component
of
the
court
system
in
accordance
with
the
scheduled
assumption
of
responsibility,
the
state
shall
not
assume
responsibility
for
that
component,
and
the
schedule
of
state
assumption
of
responsibility
shall
be
delayed.
The
delayed
schedule
of
state
assumption
of
House
File
556,
p.
65
responsibility
shall
again
be
followed
for
the
fiscal
year
in
which
the
state
fully
assumes
the
costs
of
that
component.
For
the
fiscal
year
for
which
the
state’s
assumption
of
the
responsibility
for
a
court
component
is
delayed,
the
clerk
of
the
district
court
shall
not
reduce
the
percentage
remittance
to
the
counties
from
the
court
revenue
distribution
account
under
section
602.8108
.
The
clerk
shall
resume
the
delayed
schedule
of
reductions
in
county
remittances
for
the
fiscal
year
in
which
the
state
fully
assumes
the
costs
of
that
court
component.
If
the
schedules
of
state
assumption
of
responsibility
and
reductions
in
county
remittances
are
delayed,
the
transition
period
beginning
July
1,
1983,
and
ending
June
30,
1987,
is
correspondingly
lengthened,
and
this
Act
1983
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186,
takes
effect
in
its
entirety
only
at
the
end
of
the
lengthened
transition
period.
3.
The
supreme
court
shall
prescribe
temporary
rules,
prior
to
the
dates
on
which
the
state
assumes
responsibility
for
the
components
of
the
court
system,
as
necessary
to
implement
the
administrative
and
supervisory
provisions
of
this
Act
1983
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186
,
and
as
necessary
to
determine
the
applicability
of
specific
provisions
of
this
Act
1983
Iowa
Acts,
chapter
186,
in
accordance
with
the
scheduled
state
assumption
of
responsibility
for
the
components
of
the
court
system.
Sec.
173.
Section
622.34,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
622.34
Contract
not
denied
in
the
pleadings.
The
above
regulations
provisions
of
sections
622.32
and
622.33
,
relating
merely
to
the
proof
of
contracts,
shall
not
prevent
the
enforcement
of
those
not
denied
in
the
pleadings,
except
in
cases
when
the
contract
is
sought
to
be
enforced,
or
damages
recovered
for
the
breach
thereof,
against
some
person
other
than
the
person
who
made
it.
Sec.
174.
Section
622.79,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
622.79
When
party
fails
to
obey
subpoena.
In
addition
to
the
above
remedies
provided
in
sections
622.76
through
622.78
,
if
a
party
to
an
action
in
the
party’s
own
right,
on
being
duly
subpoenaed,
fails
to
appear
and
give
testimony,
the
other
party
may,
at
the
other
party’s
election,
have
a
continuance
of
the
cause
at
the
cost
of
the
delinquent.
Sec.
175.
Section
631.1,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
House
File
556,
p.
66
1.
The
following
actions
or
claims
are
small
claims
and
shall
be
commenced,
heard
and
determined
as
provided
in
this
chapter
:
a.
A
civil
action
for
a
money
judgment
where
the
amount
in
controversy
is
four
thousand
dollars
or
less
for
actions
commenced
before
July
1,
2002,
and
exclusive
of
interest
and
costs.
b.
A
civil
action
for
a
money
judgment
where
the
amount
in
controversy
is
five
thousand
dollars
or
less
for
actions
commenced
on
or
after
July
1,
2002,
exclusive
of
interest
and
costs.
Sec.
176.
Section
633.128,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
633.128
Court
accountings.
1.
Unless
ordered
by
a
court
of
competent
jurisdiction,
the
bank
or
trust
company
operating
such
common
trust
funds
is
not
required
to
render
a
court
accounting
with
regard
to
such
funds;
but
it
may,
by
application
to
the
court,
secure
approval
of
such
an
accounting
on
such
conditions
as
the
court
may
establish.
2.
When
an
accounting
of
a
common
trust
fund
is
presented
to
a
court
for
approval,
the
court
shall
assign
a
time
and
place
for
hearing,
and
order
notice
thereof
by
all
of
the
following
:
a.
(1)
Publication
once
each
week
for
three
consecutive
weeks
in
a
newspaper
of
general
circulation,
published
in
the
county
in
which
the
bank
or
trust
company
operating
the
common
trust
fund
is
located,
the
first
publication
to
be
not
less
than
twenty
days
prior
to
the
date
of
hearing
,
and
(2)
sending
.
b.
Sending
by
ordinary
mail
not
less
than
fourteen
days
prior
to
the
date
of
hearing,
a
copy
of
the
notice
prescribed
to
all
beneficiaries
of
the
trust
participating
in
the
common
trust
fund
whose
names
are
known
to
the
bank
or
trust
company
from
the
records
kept
by
it
in
the
regular
course
of
business
in
the
administration
of
said
trusts,
directed
to
them
at
the
addresses
shown
by
such
records
,
and
(3)
such
.
c.
Such
further
notice,
if
any,
as
the
court
may
order.
Sec.
177.
Section
633.376,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
The
estate’s
personal
representative
shall
mail
pursuant
to
section
633.40,
subsection
5
,
to
the
legal
guardian
of
each
child
qualified
under
subsection
1
and
to
each
child
or
the
guardian
ad
litem
for
such
child
if
necessary,
who
has
no
legal
guardian,
a
written
notice
regarding
the
right
to
request
an
House
File
556,
p.
67
allowance.
The
notice
shall
inform
the
child
and
the
child’s
guardian
or
guardian
ad
litem
,
if
applicable,
of
the
right
to
submit
an
application
to
the
court,
within
four
months
after
service
of
the
notice,
for
support
for
a
period
of
twelve
months
following
the
decedent’s
death.
If
an
application
for
support
has
not
been
filed
within
four
months
after
service
of
the
notice
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
child
qualifying
for
support
under
subsection
1
,
the
child
shall
be
deemed
to
have
waived
the
right
to
support
under
this
section
.
A
child
who
qualifies
for
support
under
this
section
or
the
child’s
guardian
or
guardian
ad
litem
may
waive
the
child’s
right
to
such
support
by
filing
an
affidavit
acknowledging
receipt
of
notice
and
irrevocably
waiving
the
child’s
right
to
support
under
this
section
.
Sec.
178.
Section
633.704,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
If
a
court
of
another
state
in
which
a
guardianship
or
protective
proceeding
is
pending
requests
assistance
pursuant
to
described
in
subsection
1
,
a
court
of
this
state
has
jurisdiction
for
the
limited
purpose
of
granting
the
request
or
making
reasonable
efforts
to
comply
with
the
request.
Sec.
179.
Section
633A.3110,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
633A.3110
Notice
to
creditors,
heirs,
and
surviving
spouse.
1.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“heir”
means
only
such
person
who
would,
in
an
intestate
estate,
be
entitled
to
a
share
under
section
633.219
.
2.
The
trustee
may
give
notice
as
described
herein
to
creditors,
heirs,
and
the
surviving
spouse
of
the
settlor
for
the
purpose
of
establishing
their
rights
to
contest
the
trust
and
to
file
claims
against
the
trust
assets.
a.
No
later
than
the
end
of
the
one-year
period
beginning
with
the
settlor’s
date
of
death,
the
trustee
may
publish
a
notice
once
each
week
for
two
consecutive
weeks
in
a
daily
or
weekly
newspaper
of
general
circulation
published
in
the
county
in
which
the
settlor
was
a
resident
at
the
time
of
death.
If
the
settlor
was
not
a
resident
of
Iowa,
but
the
principal
place
of
administration
is
in
Iowa,
the
trustee
shall
publish
notice
in
the
county
that
is
the
principal
place
of
administration
pursuant
to
section
633A.6102
.
b.
If
notice
is
published
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
,
the
trustee
shall
also
give
notice
by
ordinary
mail
within
one
year
of
the
settlor’s
death
to
the
surviving
spouse
and
the
heirs
of
House
File
556,
p.
68
the
decedent
whose
identities
are
reasonably
ascertainable,
at
such
person’s
last
known
address.
c.
If
notice
is
published
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
,
the
trustee
shall
also
give
notice
to
creditors
of
the
settlor
who
are
known
or
reasonably
ascertainable
within
the
period
for
filing
claims
specified
in
the
published
notice
and
who
the
trustee
believes
own
or
possess
a
claim,
which
will
not
or
may
not
be
paid
or
otherwise
satisfied
during
the
administration
of
the
trust,
by
ordinary
mail
to
each
person
at
the
person’s
last
known
address.
d.
The
notices
described
in
this
subsection
shall,
if
given,
include
notification
of
the
settlor’s
death,
and
the
fact
that
any
action
to
contest
the
validity
of
the
trust
must
be
brought
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
the
second
publication
of
the
notice
made
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
the
notice
pursuant
to
paragraph
“b”
,
and
that
any
claim
against
the
trust
assets
will
be
forever
barred
unless
proof
of
a
creditor’s
claim
is
mailed
to
the
trustee
by
certified
mail,
return
receipt
requested,
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
second
publication
of
notice
made
pursuant
to
paragraph
“a”
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
the
notice
pursuant
to
paragraph
“b”
,
if
required.
A
person
who
is
not
entitled
to
receive
a
mailed
notice
or
who
does
not
make
a
claim
within
the
appropriate
period
is
forever
barred
from
asserting
any
claim
against
the
trust
or
the
trust
assets.
3.
If
notice
is
published
pursuant
to
subsection
2,
paragraph
“a”
,
claims
of
creditors
that
are
discovered
or
which
become
reasonably
ascertainable
after
the
end
of
the
notice
period
are
barred.
4.
If
notice
is
not
published
and
given
as
provided
in
this
section
,
the
right
to
challenge
the
trust
and
file
claims
against
the
trust
assets
are
limited
as
provided
in
sections
633A.3108
and
633A.3109
.
5.
The
notice
described
in
subsection
2
shall
be
substantially
in
the
following
form:
To
all
persons
regarding
...............................,
deceased,
who
died
on
or
about
........................
,
(year)
................
(date)
.
You
are
hereby
notified
that
..........................
is
the
trustee
of
the
................
Trust.
Any
action
to
contest
the
validity
of
the
trust
must
be
brought
in
the
District
Court
of
....
County,
Iowa,
within
House
File
556,
p.
69
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
second
publication
of
this
notice,
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
mailing
this
notice
to
all
heirs
of
the
decedent
settlor
and
the
spouse
of
the
decedent
settlor
whose
identities
are
reasonably
ascertainable.
Any
suit
not
filed
within
this
period
shall
be
forever
barred.
Notice
is
further
given
that
any
person
or
entity
possessing
a
claim
against
the
trust
must
mail
proof
of
the
claim
to
the
trustee
at
the
address
listed
below
via
certified
mail,
return
receipt
requested,
by
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
second
publication
of
this
notice
or
thirty
days
from
the
date
of
mailing
this
notice
if
required,
or
the
claim
shall
be
forever
barred,
unless
paid
or
otherwise
satisfied.
Dated
this
............
day
of
........................
(month)
,
(year)
...............
(year)
..........................................................
Trust
...............................................
Trustee
Address:
.....................................
...............................................
Date
of
second
publication
............
day
of
........................
(month)
,
(year)
................
(year)
6.
The
proof
of
claim
must
be
in
writing
stating
the
party’s
name
and
address
and
describing
the
nature
and
amount
of
the
claim,
if
ascertainable,
and
accompanied
by
an
affidavit
of
the
party
or
a
representative
of
the
party
verifying
the
amount
that
is
due,
or
when
the
amount
will
become
due,
that
no
payments
have
been
made
on
the
claim
that
are
not
credited,
and
that
no
offsets
to
the
claim
exist.
7.
At
any
time
after
receipt
by
the
trustee
of
a
proof
of
claim,
the
trustee
may
give
the
party
submitting
the
claim
a
written
notice
of
disallowance
of
the
claim.
The
notice
shall
be
given
by
certified
mail,
return
receipt
requested,
addressed
to
the
party
at
the
address
stated
in
the
claim,
and
to
the
attorney
of
record
of
the
party
submitting
the
claim.
Such
notice
of
disallowance
shall
advise
the
party
submitting
the
claim
that
the
claim
has
been
disallowed
and
will
be
forever
barred
unless
suit
is
filed
against
the
trustee
to
enforce
the
claim
within
thirty
days
of
the
date
of
the
mailing
of
the
notice
of
disallowance.
If
suit
is
filed,
the
provisions
in
chapter
633
relating
to
actions
to
enforce
a
claim
shall
House
File
556,
p.
70
apply
with
the
trust
and
trustee
substituted
for
the
estate
and
personal
representative.
8.
The
trustee
and
creditor
may
agree
to
extend
the
limitations
period
for
filing
an
action
to
enforce
the
claim.
If
the
creditor
fails
to
properly
file
its
claim
within
the
established
time
period
or
bring
an
action
to
enforce
its
claim
within
the
established
time
period,
the
creditor’s
claim
shall
be
forever
barred.
9.
The
trustee
shall
give
notice
to
the
beneficiaries
of
the
trust
as
required
by
section
633A.4213
.
10.
The
trustee
shall
give
notice
to
the
surviving
spouse
of
the
right
to
elect
to
take
an
elective
share
of
the
trust
as
required
by
section
633.237
and
the
right
to
a
spousal
an
allowance
for
the
surviving
spouse
and
any
dependents
of
the
settlor
residing
with
the
surviving
spouse
as
required
by
section
633A.3114
.
11.
The
trustee
shall
give
notice
to
eligible
children
not
residing
with
the
surviving
spouse
of
their
right
to
an
allowance
as
required
by
section
633A.3115
.
Sec.
180.
Section
633A.3115,
subsections
1
and
3,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
If
the
trustee
is
required
to
give
notice
under
section
633A.3114
,
the
trustee
shall
also
mail,
pursuant
to
section
633.40,
subsection
5
,
to
the
legal
guardian
of
each
child
qualified
under
subsection
2
and
to
each
such
child
or
the
guardian
ad
litem
for
such
child
if
necessary,
who
has
no
legal
guardian,
a
written
notice
regarding
the
right
to
request
an
allowance.
The
notice
shall
inform
the
child
and
the
child’s
guardian
or
guardian
ad
litem
,
if
applicable,
of
the
right
to
submit
an
application
to
the
trustee
within
four
months
after
service
of
the
notice,
for
a
support
allowance
for
a
period
of
twelve
months
following
the
decedent’s
death.
3.
If
an
application
for
a
support
allowance
has
not
been
filed
within
four
months
after
service
of
the
notice
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
child
qualifying
for
an
allowance
under
subsection
2
,
the
child
shall
be
deemed
to
have
waived
the
right
to
an
allowance
under
this
section
.
A
child
who
qualifies
for
an
allowance
under
this
section
or
the
guardian
or
guardian
ad
litem
for
the
child,
if
any,
may
waive
the
child’s
right
to
such
an
allowance
by
submitting
an
affidavit
to
the
trustee
acknowledging
receipt
of
notice
and
irrevocably
waiving
the
child’s
right
to
an
allowance
under
this
section
.
Sec.
181.
Section
654.14,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
House
File
556,
p.
71
follows:
654.14
Preference
in
receivership
——
application
of
rents.
1.
In
an
action
to
foreclose
a
real
estate
mortgage,
if
a
receiver
is
appointed
to
take
charge
of
the
real
estate,
preference
shall
be
given
to
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession,
subject
to
approval
of
the
court,
in
leasing
the
mortgaged
premises.
If
the
real
estate
is
agricultural
land
used
for
farming,
as
defined
in
section
9H.1
,
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
shall
be
appointed
as
receiver
without
bond,
provided
that
all
parties
agree
to
the
appointment.
The
rents,
profits,
avails,
and
income
derived
from
the
real
estate
shall
be
applied
as
follows:
1.
a.
To
the
cost
of
receivership.
2.
b.
To
the
payment
of
taxes
due
or
becoming
due
during
said
receivership.
3.
c.
To
pay
the
insurance
on
buildings
on
the
premises
and/or
or
such
other
benefits
to
the
real
estate
,
or
both,
as
may
be
ordered
by
the
court.
4.
d.
The
balance
shall
be
paid
and
distributed
as
determined
by
the
court.
2.
If
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
of
agricultural
land
as
defined
in
section
9H.1
is
not
afforded
a
right
of
first
refusal
in
leasing
the
mortgaged
premises
by
the
receiver,
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
has
a
cause
of
action
against
the
receiver
to
recover
either
actual
damages
or
a
one
thousand
dollar
penalty,
and
costs,
including
reasonable
attorney’s
fees.
The
receiver
shall
deliver
notice
to
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
or
the
attorney
of
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession,
of
an
offer
made
to
the
receiver,
the
terms
of
the
offer,
and
the
name
and
address
of
the
person
making
the
offer.
The
delivery
shall
be
made
personally
with
receipt
returned
or
by
certified
or
registered
mail,
with
the
proper
postage
on
the
envelope,
addressed
to
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
or
the
attorney
of
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession.
An
offer
shall
be
deemed
to
have
been
refused
if
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
or
the
attorney
of
the
owner
or
person
in
actual
possession
does
not
respond
within
ten
days
following
the
date
that
the
notice
is
mailed.
Sec.
182.
Section
671.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
671.2
Exception.
1.
The
limited
liability
provided
in
section
671.1
shall
not
House
File
556,
p.
72
apply
where:
1.
a.
A
guest
has
offered
to
deliver
such
valuables
to
said
the
keeper
or
owner
for
custody
in
such
metal
safe
or
vault,
and
2.
b.
Said
The
keeper
or
owner
has
omitted
or
refused
to
receive
and
deposit
the
same
valuables
in
such
the
safe
or
vault
and
give
such
guest
a
receipt
therefor
for
the
valuables
.
2.
But
such
The
keeper
or
owner
shall
not
be
required
to
receive
from
any
one
guest
for
deposit
in
such
the
keeper’s
or
owner’s
safe
or
vault,
property
having
a
market
value
of
more
than
five
hundred
dollars.
Sec.
183.
Section
708.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
708.1
Assault
defined.
1.
An
assault
as
defined
in
this
section
is
a
general
intent
crime.
2.
A
person
commits
an
assault
when,
without
justification,
the
person
does
any
of
the
following:
1.
a.
Any
act
which
is
intended
to
cause
pain
or
injury
to,
or
which
is
intended
to
result
in
physical
contact
which
will
be
insulting
or
offensive
to
another,
coupled
with
the
apparent
ability
to
execute
the
act.
2.
b.
Any
act
which
is
intended
to
place
another
in
fear
of
immediate
physical
contact
which
will
be
painful,
injurious,
insulting,
or
offensive,
coupled
with
the
apparent
ability
to
execute
the
act.
3.
c.
Intentionally
points
any
firearm
toward
another,
or
displays
in
a
threatening
manner
any
dangerous
weapon
toward
another.
3.
Provided,
that
where
An
act
described
in
subsection
2
shall
not
be
an
assault
under
the
following
circumstances:
a.
If
the
person
doing
any
of
the
above
enumerated
acts,
and
such
other
person,
are
voluntary
participants
in
a
sport,
social
or
other
activity,
not
in
itself
criminal,
and
such
act
is
a
reasonably
foreseeable
incident
of
such
sport
or
activity,
and
does
not
create
an
unreasonable
risk
of
serious
injury
or
breach
of
the
peace
,
the
act
shall
not
be
an
assault
.
b.
Provided,
that
where
If
the
person
doing
any
of
the
above
enumerated
acts
is
employed
by
a
school
district
or
accredited
nonpublic
school,
or
is
an
area
education
agency
staff
member
who
provides
services
to
a
school
or
school
district,
and
intervenes
in
a
fight
or
physical
struggle,
or
other
disruptive
situation,
that
takes
place
in
the
presence
of
the
employee
or
House
File
556,
p.
73
staff
member
performing
employment
duties
in
a
school
building,
on
school
grounds,
or
at
an
official
school
function
regardless
of
the
location,
the
act
shall
not
be
an
assault,
whether
the
fight
or
physical
struggle
or
other
disruptive
situation
is
between
students
or
other
individuals,
if
the
degree
and
the
force
of
the
intervention
is
reasonably
necessary
to
restore
order
and
to
protect
the
safety
of
those
assembled.
Sec.
184.
Section
708.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
708.4
Willful
injury.
Any
person
who
does
an
act
which
is
not
justified
and
which
is
intended
to
cause
serious
injury
to
another
commits
the
following
willful
injury,
which
is
punishable
as
follows
:
1.
A
class
“C”
felony,
if
the
person
causes
serious
injury
to
another.
2.
A
class
“D”
felony,
if
the
person
causes
bodily
injury
to
another.
Sec.
185.
Section
709.16,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
a.
An
officer,
employee,
contractor,
vendor,
volunteer,
or
agent
of
a
juvenile
placement
facility
who
engages
in
a
sex
act
with
a
juvenile
placed
at
such
facility
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
b.
For
purposes
of
this
subsection
,
a
“juvenile
placement
facility”
means
any
of
the
following:
a.
(1)
A
child
foster
care
facility
licensed
under
section
237.4
.
b.
(2)
Institutions
controlled
by
the
department
of
human
services
listed
in
section
218.1
.
c.
(3)
Juvenile
detention
and
juvenile
shelter
care
homes
approved
under
section
232.142
.
d.
(4)
Psychiatric
medical
institutions
for
children
licensed
under
chapter
135H
.
e.
(5)
Substance
abuse
facilities
Facilities
for
the
treatment
of
persons
with
substance-related
disorders
as
defined
in
section
125.2
.
Sec.
186.
Section
710.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
710.5
Child
stealing.
1.
A
person
commits
a
class
“C”
felony
child
stealing
when,
knowing
that
the
person
has
no
authority
to
do
so,
the
person
forcibly
or
fraudulently
takes,
decoys,
or
entices
away
any
child
with
intent
to
detain
or
conceal
such
child
from
its
House
File
556,
p.
74
parents
or
guardian,
or
other
persons
or
institution
having
the
lawful
custody
of
such
child,
unless
the
person
is
a
relative
of
such
child,
and
the
person’s
sole
purpose
is
to
assume
custody
of
such
child.
2.
Child
stealing
is
a
class
“C”
felony.
3.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
the
person
should
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
Sec.
187.
Section
710A.2,
subsection
8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
8.
A
person’s
ignorance
of
the
age
of
the
victim
or
a
belief
that
the
victim
was
older
is
no
not
a
defense
to
a
violation
of
this
section
.
Sec.
188.
Section
710A.2A,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
710A.2A
Solicitation
of
commercial
sexual
activity.
A
person
shall
not
entice,
coerce,
or
recruit,
or
attempt
to
entice,
coerce,
or
recruit,
either
a
person
who
is
under
the
age
of
eighteen
or
a
law
enforcement
officer
or
agent
who
is
representing
oneself
to
be
that
the
officer
or
agent
is
under
the
age
of
eighteen,
to
engage
in
a
commercial
sexual
activity.
A
person
who
violates
this
section
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
Sec.
189.
Section
714.24,
subsections
2,
3,
4,
and
7,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
An
entity
that
claims
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
714.22
must
file
an
exemption
claim
with
the
commission.
The
commission
may
approve
or
deny
the
exemption
claim.
Except
for
a
school
that
claims
an
exemption
under
section
714.19,
subsection
1,
3,
or
10
,
a
filing
of
a
claim
for
an
exemption
pursuant
to
section
714.19
or
714.22
must
be
completed
at
least
once
every
two
years.
3.
An
entity
that
claims
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
714.22
must
file
evidence
of
financial
responsibility
pursuant
to
section
714.18
within
sixty
calendar
days
following
the
date
upon
which
conditions
that
qualify
the
entity
for
an
exemption
under
section
714.19
no
longer
exist.
The
commission
may
grant
an
entity
a
longer
period
to
file
evidence
of
financial
responsibility
based
on
documentation
the
entity
provides
to
the
commission
of
its
substantial
progress
to
comply
with
section
714.18,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
.
4.
An
entity
that
is
required
to
file
evidence
of
financial
responsibility
under
section
714.18
,
or
an
entity
that
files
House
File
556,
p.
75
a
claim
of
exemption
under
section
714.19
or
714.22
,
shall
utilize
required
forms
approved
and
supplied
by
the
commission.
7.
Except
as
provided
in
section
714.18,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
the
information
submitted
under
sections
714.18
,
714.22
,
714.23
,
and
714.25
are
public
records
under
chapter
22
.
Sec.
190.
Section
715.3,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
“Computer
software”
means
a
sequence
of
instructions
written
in
any
programming
language
that
is
executed
on
a
computer.
“Computer
software”
does
not
include
computer
software
that
is
a
web
page
an
internet
site
or
data
components
of
a
web
page
an
internet
site
that
are
not
executable
independently
of
the
web
page
internet
site
.
Sec.
191.
Section
715.3,
subsection
10,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
The
storage
or
hosting
of
the
computer
software
program
or
an
internet
web
page
site
through
which
the
software
was
made
available.
Sec.
192.
Section
715.4,
subsection
1,
paragraphs
a
through
c,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
a.
The
web
page
internet
site
that
appears
when
an
owner
or
operator
launches
an
internet
browser
or
similar
computer
software
used
to
access
and
navigate
the
internet.
b.
The
default
provider
or
web
internet
proxy
that
an
owner
or
operator
uses
to
access
or
search
the
internet.
c.
An
owner’s
or
an
operator’s
list
of
bookmarks
used
to
access
web
pages
internet
sites
.
Sec.
193.
Section
716.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
716.3
Criminal
mischief
in
the
first
degree.
1.
Criminal
mischief
is
criminal
mischief
in
the
first
degree
if
the
either
of
the
following
apply:
a.
The
cost
of
replacing,
repairing,
or
restoring
the
property
so
that
is
damaged,
defaced,
altered,
or
destroyed
is
more
than
ten
thousand
dollars
,
or
if
such
.
b.
The
acts
are
intended
to
or
do
in
fact
cause
a
substantial
interruption
or
impairment
of
service
rendered
to
the
public
by
a
gas,
electric,
steam
or
waterworks
corporation,
telephone
or
telegraph
corporation,
common
carrier,
or
a
public
utility
operated
by
a
municipality.
2.
Criminal
mischief
in
the
first
degree
is
a
class
“C”
felony.
Sec.
194.
Section
716.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
House
File
556,
p.
76
follows:
716.4
Criminal
mischief
in
the
second
degree.
1.
Criminal
mischief
is
criminal
mischief
in
the
second
degree
if
the
cost
of
replacing,
repairing,
or
restoring
the
property
so
that
is
damaged,
defaced,
altered,
or
destroyed
exceeds
one
thousand
dollars
but
does
not
exceed
ten
thousand
dollars.
2.
Criminal
mischief
in
the
second
degree
is
a
class
“D”
felony.
Sec.
195.
Section
716.6,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(1)
The
cost
of
replacing,
repairing,
or
restoring
the
property
so
that
is
damaged,
defaced,
altered,
or
destroyed
exceeds
two
hundred
dollars,
but
does
not
exceed
five
hundred
dollars.
Sec.
196.
Section
716.10,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“railway
corporation”
:
a.
“Railway
corporation”
means
a
corporation,
company,
or
person
owning,
leasing,
or
operating
any
railroad
in
whole
or
in
part
within
the
state.
b.
“Train”
means
a
series
of
two
or
more
train
components
which
are
coupled
together
in
a
line.
c.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“train
component”
“Train
component”
means
any
locomotive,
engine,
tender,
railroad
car,
passenger
car,
freight
car,
box
car,
tank
car,
hopper
car,
flatbed,
container,
work
equipment,
rail-mounted
equipment,
or
any
other
railroad
rolling
stock.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“train”
means
a
series
of
two
or
more
train
components
which
are
coupled
together
in
a
line.
Sec.
197.
Section
716A.3,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
a.
A
person
who
knowingly
sells
an
adulterated
or
misbranded
drug
through
the
use
of
electronic
mail
or
the
internet
is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony.
b.
However,
if
If
the
death
of
a
person
occurs
as
the
result
of
consuming
a
drug,
as
defined
in
section
155A.3
,
sold
in
violation
of
this
section
subsection
,
the
violation
is
a
class
“B”
felony.
Sec.
198.
Section
716B.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
716B.2
Unlawful
disposal
of
hazardous
waste
——
penalties.
1.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
disposal
House
File
556,
p.
77
of
hazardous
waste
when
the
person
knowingly
or
with
reason
to
know,
disposes
of
hazardous
waste
or
arranges
for
or
allows
the
disposal
of
hazardous
waste
at
any
location
other
than
one
authorized
by
the
department
or
the
United
States
environmental
protection
agency,
or
in
violation
of
any
material
term
or
condition
of
a
hazardous
waste
facility
permit
,
.
2.
a.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
disposal
of
hazardous
waste
is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
and
upon
conviction
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
twenty-five
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
two
years,
or
both.
b.
If
the
conviction
is
for
a
violation
committed
after
a
first
conviction
under
this
section
,
the
person
is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony
and
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
fifty
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
five
years,
or
both.
Sec.
199.
Section
716B.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
716B.3
Unlawful
transportation
of
hazardous
waste
——
penalties.
1.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
transportation
of
hazardous
waste
when
the
person
knowingly
or
with
reason
to
know,
transports
or
causes
to
be
transported
any
hazardous
waste
to
any
location
other
than
a
facility
that
is
authorized
to
receive,
treat,
store,
or
dispose
of
the
hazardous
waste
under
rules
adopted
pursuant
to
the
federal
Resource
Conservation
and
Recovery
Act,
42
U.S.C.
§
6901
–
6992
,
.
2.
a.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
transportation
of
hazardous
waste
is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
and
upon
conviction
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
twenty-five
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
two
years,
or
both.
b.
If
the
conviction
is
for
a
violation
committed
after
a
first
conviction
under
this
section
,
the
person
is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony
and
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
fifty
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
five
years,
or
both.
Sec.
200.
Section
716B.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
716B.4
Unlawful
storage
or
treatment
or
storage
of
hazardous
waste
——
penalties.
1.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
treatment
or
House
File
556,
p.
78
storage
of
hazardous
waste
when
the
person
knowingly
or
with
reason
to
know,
treats
or
stores
hazardous
waste
without
a
permit
issued
pursuant
to
42
U.S.C.
§
6925
or
§
6926
.
2.
a.
A
person
who
commits
the
offense
of
unlawful
treatment
or
storage
of
hazardous
waste
is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
and
upon
conviction
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
twenty-five
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
two
years,
or
both.
b.
If
the
conviction
is
for
a
violation
committed
after
a
first
conviction
under
this
section
,
the
person
is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony
and
shall
be
punished
by
a
fine
of
not
more
than
fifty
thousand
dollars
for
each
day
of
violation
or
imprisonment
for
not
more
than
five
years,
or
both.
Sec.
201.
Section
717B.1,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5.
“Law
enforcement
officer”
means
a
regularly
employed
member
of
a
police
force
of
a
city
or
county,
including
a
sheriff,
who
is
responsible
for
the
prevention
and
dedication
detection
of
crime
and
the
enforcement
of
the
criminal
laws
of
this
state.
Sec.
202.
Section
719.1,
subsections
1
and
2,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
person
who
commits
interference
with
official
acts
when
the
person
knowingly
resists
or
obstructs
anyone
known
by
the
person
to
be
a
peace
officer,
emergency
medical
care
provider
under
chapter
147A
,
or
fire
fighter,
whether
paid
or
volunteer,
in
the
performance
of
any
act
which
is
within
the
scope
of
the
lawful
duty
or
authority
of
that
officer,
emergency
medical
care
provider
under
chapter
147A
,
or
fire
fighter,
whether
paid
or
volunteer,
or
who
knowingly
resists
or
obstructs
the
service
or
execution
by
any
authorized
person
of
any
civil
or
criminal
process
or
order
of
any
court
,
commits
.
a.
Interference
with
official
acts
is
a
simple
misdemeanor.
In
addition
to
any
other
penalties,
the
punishment
imposed
for
a
violation
of
under
this
subsection
paragraph
shall
include
assessment
of
a
fine
of
not
less
than
two
hundred
fifty
dollars.
b.
However,
if
If
a
person
commits
an
interference
with
official
acts,
as
defined
in
this
subsection
,
and
in
so
doing
inflicts
bodily
injury
other
than
serious
injury,
that
person
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
c.
If
a
person
commits
an
interference
with
official
acts,
House
File
556,
p.
79
as
defined
in
this
subsection
,
and
in
so
doing
inflicts
or
attempts
to
inflict
serious
injury,
or
displays
a
dangerous
weapon,
as
defined
in
section
702.7
,
or
is
armed
with
a
firearm,
that
person
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
2.
A
person
under
the
custody,
control,
or
supervision
of
the
department
of
corrections
who
commits
interference
with
official
acts
when
the
person
knowingly
resists,
obstructs,
or
interferes
with
a
correctional
officer,
agent,
employee,
or
contractor,
whether
paid
or
volunteer,
in
the
performance
of
the
person’s
official
duties
,
commits
.
a.
Interference
with
official
acts
in
violation
of
this
subsection
is
a
serious
misdemeanor.
b.
If
a
person
violates
this
subsection
and
in
so
doing
commits
an
assault,
as
defined
in
section
708.1
,
the
person
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
c.
If
a
person
violates
this
subsection
and
in
so
doing
inflicts
or
attempts
to
inflict
bodily
injury
other
than
serious
injury
to
another,
displays
a
dangerous
weapon,
as
defined
in
section
702.7
,
or
is
armed
with
a
firearm,
the
person
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
d.
If
a
person
violates
this
subsection
and
uses
or
attempts
to
use
a
dangerous
weapon,
as
defined
in
section
702.7
,
or
inflicts
serious
injury
to
another,
the
person
commits
a
class
“C”
felony.
Sec.
203.
Section
721.6,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
721.6
Exception
to
sections
721.3
to
through
721.5
.
The
provisions
of
sections
721.3
to
through
721.5
shall
not
be
construed
as
prohibiting
any
such
officer
or
employee
who
is
a
candidate
for
political
office
to
engage
in
campaigning
at
any
time
or
at
any
place
for
the
officer’s
or
employee’s
self
own
candidacy
.
Sec.
204.
Section
721.7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
721.7
Penalty
for
violating
sections
721.3
to
721.6
through
721.5
.
Any
person
who
violates
any
provision
of
sections
721.3
to
721.6
through
721.5
shall
be
guilty
of
a
serious
misdemeanor.
Sec.
205.
Section
724.1,
subsection
7,
unnumbered
paragraph
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
unnumbered
paragraph.
Sec.
206.
Section
724.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
724.2
Authority
to
possess
offensive
weapons.
House
File
556,
p.
80
1.
Any
of
the
following
persons
or
entities
is
authorized
to
possess
an
offensive
weapon
when
the
person’s
or
entity’s
duties
or
lawful
activities
require
or
permit
such
possession:
1.
a.
Any
peace
officer.
2.
b.
Any
member
of
the
armed
forces
of
the
United
States
or
of
the
national
guard.
3.
c.
Any
person
in
the
service
of
the
United
States.
4.
d.
A
correctional
officer,
serving
in
an
institution
under
the
authority
of
the
Iowa
department
of
corrections.
5.
e.
Any
person
who
under
the
laws
of
this
state
and
the
United
States,
is
lawfully
engaged
in
the
business
of
supplying
those
authorized
to
possess
such
devices.
6.
f.
Any
person,
firm
or
corporation
who
under
the
laws
of
this
state
and
the
United
States
is
lawfully
engaged
in
the
improvement,
invention
or
manufacture
of
firearms.
7.
g.
Any
museum
or
similar
place
which
possesses,
solely
as
relics,
offensive
weapons
which
are
rendered
permanently
unfit
for
use.
8.
h.
A
resident
of
this
state
who
possesses
an
offensive
weapon
which
is
a
curio
or
relic
firearm
under
the
federal
Firearms
Act,
18
U.S.C.
ch.
44,
solely
for
use
in
the
official
functions
of
a
historical
reenactment
organization
of
which
the
person
is
a
member,
if
the
offensive
weapon
has
been
permanently
rendered
unfit
for
the
firing
of
live
ammunition.
The
offensive
weapon
may,
however,
be
adapted
for
the
firing
of
blank
ammunition.
9.
i.
A
nonresident
who
possesses
an
offensive
weapon
which
is
a
curio
or
relic
firearm
under
the
federal
Firearms
Act,
18
U.S.C.
ch.
44,
solely
for
use
in
official
functions
in
this
state
of
a
historical
reenactment
organization
of
which
the
person
is
a
member,
if
the
offensive
weapon
is
legally
possessed
by
the
person
in
the
person’s
state
of
residence
and
the
offensive
weapon
is
at
all
times
while
in
this
state
rendered
incapable
of
firing
live
ammunition.
A
nonresident
who
possesses
an
offensive
weapon
under
this
subsection
while
in
this
state
shall
not
have
in
the
person’s
possession
live
ammunition.
The
offensive
weapon
may,
however,
be
adapted
for
the
firing
of
blank
ammunition.
2.
Notwithstanding
subsection
1,
a
person
is
not
authorized
to
possess
in
this
state
a
shotshell
or
cartridge
intended
to
project
a
flame
or
fireball
of
the
type
described
in
section
724.1.
Sec.
207.
Section
724.4B,
subsection
2,
paragraph
b,
Code
House
File
556,
p.
81
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
A
person
who
has
been
specifically
authorized
by
the
school
to
go
armed
with
,
carry,
or
transport
a
firearm
on
the
school
grounds,
including
for
purposes
of
conducting
an
instructional
program
regarding
firearms.
Sec.
208.
Section
802.7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
802.7
Continuing
crimes.
When
an
offense
is
based
on
a
series
of
acts
committed
at
different
times,
the
period
of
limitation
prescribed
by
this
division
chapter
shall
commence
upon
the
commission
of
the
last
of
such
acts.
Sec.
209.
Section
804.14,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
804.14
Manner
of
making
arrest
——
warrant
.
1.
The
A
person
making
the
an
arrest
must
inform
the
person
to
be
arrested
of
the
intention
to
arrest
the
person,
the
reason
for
arrest,
and
that
the
person
making
the
arrest
is
a
peace
officer,
if
such
be
the
case,
and
require
the
person
being
arrested
to
submit
to
the
person’s
custody,
except
when
the
person
to
be
arrested
is
actually
engaged
in
the
commission
of
or
attempt
to
commit
an
offense,
or
escapes,
so
that
there
is
no
time
or
opportunity
to
do
so
;
if
.
2.
If
acting
under
the
authority
of
a
warrant,
the
a
law
enforcement
officer
need
not
have
the
warrant
in
the
officer’s
possession
at
the
time
of
the
arrest,
but
,
upon
request
,
the
officer
shall
show
the
warrant
to
the
person
being
arrested
as
soon
as
possible.
If
the
officer
does
not
have
the
warrant
in
the
officer’s
possession
at
the
time
of
arrest,
the
officer
shall
inform
the
person
being
arrested
of
the
fact
that
a
warrant
has
been
issued.
Sec.
210.
Section
814.11,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
4.
In
all
other
cases
not
specified
in
subsection
2
or
3
,
or
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
section
,
the
court
shall
appoint
an
attorney
to
represent
an
indigent
person
who
has
a
contract
with
the
state
public
defender
to
provide
legal
services
in
appellate
cases
to
represent
an
indigent
person
.
Sec.
211.
Section
815.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
815.5
Expert
witnesses
for
state
and
defense.
Notwithstanding
the
provisions
of
section
622.72
,
reasonable
compensation
as
determined
by
the
court
shall
be
awarded
expert
House
File
556,
p.
82
witnesses,
expert
witnesses
for
an
indigent
person
referred
to
in
section
815.4
,
or
expert
witnesses
called
by
the
state
in
criminal
cases.
Sec.
212.
Section
901B.1,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
3.
a.
Each
judicial
district
and
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
shall
implement
an
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
by
July
1,
2001
.
An
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
shall
consist
of
only
levels
two,
three,
and
sublevels
one
and
three
of
level
four
of
the
corrections
continuum
and
shall
be
operated
in
accordance
with
an
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
plan
adopted
by
the
chief
judge
of
the
judicial
district
and
the
director
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
The
plan
adopted
shall
be
designed
to
reduce
probation
revocations
to
prison
through
the
use
of
incremental,
community-based
sanctions
for
probation
violations.
b.
The
plan
shall
be
subject
to
rules
adopted
by
the
department
of
corrections.
The
rules
shall
include
provisions
for
transferring
individuals
between
levels
in
the
continuum.
The
provisions
shall
include
a
requirement
that
the
reasons
for
the
transfer
be
in
writing
and
that
an
opportunity
for
the
individual
to
contest
the
transfer
be
made
available.
c.
A
copy
of
the
program
and
plan
shall
be
filed
with
the
chief
judge
of
the
judicial
district,
the
department
of
corrections,
and
the
division
of
criminal
and
juvenile
justice
planning
of
the
department
of
human
rights
by
July
1,
2001
.
Sec.
213.
Section
905.1,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
“Community-based
correctional
program”
means
correctional
programs
and
services,
including
but
not
limited
to
an
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
in
accordance
with
the
corrections
continuum
in
section
901B.1
,
designed
to
supervise
and
assist
individuals
who
are
charged
with
or
have
been
convicted
of
a
felony,
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
or
a
serious
misdemeanor,
or
who
are
on
probation
or
parole
in
lieu
of
or
as
a
result
of
a
sentence
of
incarceration
imposed
upon
conviction
of
any
of
these
offenses,
or
who
are
contracted
to
the
district
department
for
supervision
and
housing
while
on
work
release.
A
community-based
correctional
program
shall
be
designed
by
a
district
department
in
a
manner
that
provides
services
in
a
manner
free
of
disparities
based
upon
an
individual’s
race
or
ethnic
origin.
House
File
556,
p.
83
An
intermediate
criminal
sanctions
program
shall
be
designed
by
a
district
department
in
a
manner
that
provides
services
in
a
manner
free
of
disparities
based
upon
an
individual’s
race
or
ethnic
origin.
Sec.
214.
Section
907.3,
subsections
1
and
2,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
a.
With
the
consent
of
the
defendant,
the
court
may
defer
judgment
and
may
place
the
defendant
on
probation
upon
conditions
as
it
may
require.
However,
a
A
civil
penalty
shall
be
assessed
as
provided
in
section
907.14
upon
the
entry
of
a
deferred
judgment.
Upon
a
showing
that
the
defendant
is
not
cooperating
with
the
program
of
probation
or
is
not
responding
to
it,
the
court
may
withdraw
the
defendant
from
the
program,
pronounce
judgment,
and
impose
any
sentence
authorized
by
law.
Before
taking
such
action,
the
court
shall
give
the
defendant
an
opportunity
to
be
heard
on
any
matter
relevant
to
the
proposed
action.
Upon
fulfillment
of
the
conditions
of
probation
and
the
payment
of
fees
imposed
and
not
waived
by
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
under
section
905.14
,
the
defendant
shall
be
discharged
without
entry
of
judgment.
Upon
violation
of
the
conditions
of
probation,
the
court
may
proceed
as
provided
in
chapter
908
.
However,
the
court
shall
not
defer
judgment
if
any
of
the
following
is
true:
However,
this
subsection
shall
not
apply
if
any
of
the
following
is
true:
a.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
709.8
and
the
child
is
twelve
years
of
age
or
under.
b.
(1)
The
defendant
previously
has
been
convicted
of
a
felony.
“Felony”
means
a
conviction
in
a
court
of
this
or
any
other
state
or
of
the
United
States,
of
an
offense
classified
as
a
felony
by
the
law
under
which
the
defendant
was
convicted
at
the
time
of
the
defendant’s
conviction.
c.
(2)
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
similar
relief,
two
or
more
times
anywhere
in
the
United
States.
d.
(3)
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
similar
relief
in
a
felony
prosecution
anywhere
in
the
United
States
within
the
preceding
five
years,
measured
from
the
date
of
granting
of
deferment
of
judgment
to
the
date
of
commission
of
the
offense.
e.
The
defendant
committed
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
708.1
,
against
a
peace
officer
in
the
performance
of
the
peace
officer’s
duty.
House
File
556,
p.
84
f.
(4)
The
defendant
is
a
corporation.
(5)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
is
methamphetamine.
g.
(6)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
321J.2
and
the
person
has
been
convicted
of
a
violation
of
that
section
or
the
person’s
driver’s
license
has
been
revoked
under
chapter
321J
,
and
any
of
the
following
apply:
(1)
(a)
If
the
defendant’s
alcohol
concentration
established
by
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
a
specimen
of
the
defendant’s
blood,
breath,
or
urine
withdrawn
in
accordance
with
chapter
321J
exceeds
.15,
regardless
of
whether
or
not
the
alcohol
concentration
indicated
by
the
chemical
test
minus
the
established
margin
of
error
inherent
in
the
device
or
method
used
to
conduct
the
test
equals
an
alcohol
concentration
of
.15
or
more.
(2)
(b)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
been
convicted
of
a
violation
of
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
or
a
violation
of
a
statute
in
another
state
substantially
corresponding
to
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
(3)
(c)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
received
a
deferred
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
or
for
a
violation
of
a
statute
in
another
state
substantially
corresponding
to
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
(4)
(d)
If
the
defendant
refused
to
consent
to
testing
requested
in
accordance
with
section
321J.6
.
(5)
(e)
If
the
offense
under
chapter
321J
results
in
bodily
injury
to
a
person
other
than
the
defendant.
h.
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
deferred
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
domestic
abuse
assault,
or
was
granted
similar
relief
anywhere
in
the
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
which
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
provided
in
section
708.2A
,
and
the
current
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
708.2A
.
(7)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
462A.14,
and
a
mandatory
minimum
sentence
must
be
served
or
mandatory
minimum
fine
must
be
paid
by
the
defendant.
i.
(8)
The
offense
is
a
conviction
for
or
plea
of
guilty
to
a
violation
of
section
664A.7
or
a
finding
of
contempt
pursuant
to
section
664A.7
.
j.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
House
File
556,
p.
85
1
;
or
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
4
,
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
intoxicated.
k.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
is
methamphetamine.
l.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
462A.14
,
and
a
mandatory
minimum
sentence
must
be
served
or
mandatory
minimum
fine
must
be
paid
by
the
defendant.
m.
(9)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
chapter
692A
.
(10)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
1;
or
a
violation
of
section
707.6A,
subsection
4,
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
intoxicated.
(11)
The
defendant
committed
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
708.1,
against
a
peace
officer
in
the
performance
of
the
peace
officer’s
duty.
(12)
Prior
to
the
commission
of
the
offense
the
defendant
had
been
granted
a
deferred
judgment
or
deferred
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
domestic
abuse
assault,
or
was
granted
similar
relief
anywhere
in
the
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
which
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
provided
in
section
708.2A,
and
the
current
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
708.2A.
(13)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
709.8
and
the
child
is
twelve
years
of
age
or
under.
b.
Upon
a
showing
that
the
defendant
is
not
cooperating
with
the
program
of
probation
or
is
not
responding
to
it,
the
court
may
withdraw
the
defendant
from
the
program,
pronounce
judgment,
and
impose
any
sentence
authorized
by
law.
Before
taking
such
action,
the
court
shall
give
the
defendant
an
opportunity
to
be
heard
on
any
matter
relevant
to
the
proposed
action.
Upon
violation
of
the
conditions
of
probation,
the
court
may
proceed
as
provided
in
chapter
908.
c.
Upon
fulfillment
of
the
conditions
of
probation
and
the
payment
of
fees
imposed
and
not
waived
by
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
under
section
905.14,
the
defendant
shall
be
discharged
without
entry
of
judgment.
2.
a.
At
the
time
of
or
after
pronouncing
judgment
and
with
the
consent
of
the
defendant,
the
court
may
defer
the
sentence
and
assign
the
defendant
to
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
The
court
may
assign
the
defendant
to
supervision
or
services
under
section
901B.1
at
the
level
of
sanctions
which
the
district
department
determines
to
be
House
File
556,
p.
86
appropriate.
However,
the
court
shall
not
defer
the
sentence
for
a
violation
of
any
of
the
following:
a.
Section
708.2A
,
if
the
defendant
has
previously
received
a
deferred
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
domestic
abuse
assault,
or
if
similar
relief
was
granted
anywhere
in
the
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
which
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
provided
in
section
708.2A
.
b.
Section
664A.7
or
for
contempt
pursuant
to
section
664A.7
.
(1)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
is
methamphetamine.
c.
(2)
Section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
if
any
of
the
following
apply:
(1)
(a)
If
the
defendant’s
alcohol
concentration
established
by
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
a
specimen
of
the
defendant’s
blood,
breath,
or
urine
withdrawn
in
accordance
with
chapter
321J
exceeds
.15,
regardless
of
whether
or
not
the
alcohol
concentration
indicated
by
the
chemical
test
minus
the
established
margin
of
error
inherent
in
the
device
or
method
used
to
conduct
the
test
equals
an
alcohol
concentration
of
.15
or
more.
(2)
(b)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
been
convicted
of
a
violation
of
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
or
a
violation
of
a
statute
in
another
state
substantially
corresponding
to
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
(3)
(c)
If
the
defendant
has
previously
received
a
deferred
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
,
or
for
a
violation
of
a
statute
in
another
state
substantially
corresponding
to
section
321J.2,
subsection
1
.
(4)
(d)
If
the
defendant
refused
to
consent
to
testing
requested
in
accordance
with
section
321J.6
.
(5)
(e)
If
the
offense
under
chapter
321J
results
in
bodily
injury
to
a
person
other
than
the
defendant.
d.
Section
707.6A,
subsection
1
;
or
section
707.6A,
subsection
4
,
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
intoxicated.
e.
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
124.401,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
or
“b”
,
and
the
controlled
substance
is
methamphetamine.
f.
(3)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
section
462A.14
,
and
a
House
File
556,
p.
87
mandatory
minimum
sentence
must
be
served
or
mandatory
minimum
fine
must
be
paid
by
the
defendant.
(4)
Section
664A.7
or
for
contempt
pursuant
to
section
664A.7.
g.
(5)
The
offense
is
a
violation
of
chapter
692A
.
(6)
Section
707.6A,
subsection
1;
or
section
707.6A,
subsection
4,
involving
operation
of
a
motor
vehicle
while
intoxicated.
(7)
Section
708.2A,
if
the
defendant
has
previously
received
a
deferred
judgment
or
sentence
for
a
violation
of
section
708.2
or
708.2A
which
was
issued
on
a
domestic
abuse
assault,
or
if
similar
relief
was
granted
anywhere
in
the
United
States
concerning
that
jurisdiction’s
statutes
which
substantially
correspond
to
domestic
abuse
assault
as
provided
in
section
708.2A.
b.
Upon
a
showing
that
the
defendant
is
not
fulfilling
the
conditions
of
probation,
the
court
may
revoke
probation
and
impose
any
sentence
authorized
by
law.
Before
taking
such
action,
the
court
shall
give
the
defendant
an
opportunity
to
be
heard
on
any
matter
relevant
to
the
proposed
action.
Upon
violation
of
the
conditions
of
probation,
the
court
may
proceed
as
provided
in
chapter
908
.
Sec.
215.
Section
907.8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
907.8
Supervision
during
probationary
period.
1.
A
person
released
on
probation
shall
be
assigned
to
a
probation
officer.
Both
the
person
and
the
person’s
probation
officer
shall
be
furnished
with
the
conditions
of
the
person’s
probation
including
a
copy
of
the
plan
of
restitution
and
the
restitution
plan
of
payment,
if
any,
and
the
regulations
which
the
person
will
be
required
to
observe,
in
writing.
The
probation
officer
shall
explain
these
conditions
and
regulations
to
the
person
and
shall
supervise,
assist,
and
counsel
the
person
during
the
term
of
the
person’s
probation.
2.
a.
When
probation
is
granted,
the
court
shall
order
said
person
committed
to
the
custody,
care,
and
supervision:
1.
(1)
Of
any
suitable
resident
of
this
state;
or
2.
(2)
Of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
b.
Jurisdiction
over
these
persons
shall
remain
with
the
sentencing
court.
3.
In
each
case
wherein
in
which
the
court
shall
order
said
orders
the
person
committed
to
the
custody,
care,
and
House
File
556,
p.
88
supervision
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services,
the
clerk
of
the
district
court
shall
at
once
furnish
the
director
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
with
certified
copies
of
the
indictment
or
information,
the
minutes
of
testimony
attached
thereto,
the
judgment
entry
if
judgment
is
not
deferred,
and
the
original
mittimus.
The
county
attorney
shall
at
once
advise
the
director,
by
letter,
that
the
defendant
has
been
placed
under
the
supervision
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
and
give
the
director
a
detailed
statement
of
the
facts
and
circumstances
surrounding
the
crime
committed
and
the
record
and
history
of
the
defendant
as
may
be
known
to
the
county
attorney.
If
the
defendant
is
confined
in
the
county
jail
at
the
time
of
sentence,
the
court
may
order
the
defendant
held
until
arrangements
are
made
by
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
for
the
defendant’s
employment
and
the
defendant
has
signed
the
necessary
probation
papers.
If
the
defendant
is
not
confined
in
the
county
jail
at
the
time
of
sentence,
the
court
may
order
the
defendant
to
remain
in
the
county
wherein
the
defendant
has
been
convicted
and
sentenced
and
report
to
the
sheriff
as
to
the
defendant’s
whereabouts.
Sec.
216.
REPEAL.
Sections
163.28,
256.11A,
256.22,
313.44,
313.45,
and
321.499,
Code
2013,
are
repealed.
DIVISION
II
VOLUME
VI
RENUMBERING
Sec.
217.
Section
633.304,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
633.304
Notice
of
probate
of
will
with
administration.
1.
As
used
in
this
section,
“heir”
means
only
such
person
as
would,
in
an
intestate
estate,
be
entitled
to
a
share
under
section
633.219.
2.
On
admission
of
a
will
to
probate,
the
executor,
as
soon
as
letters
are
issued,
shall
cause
to
be
published
once
each
week
for
two
consecutive
weeks
in
a
daily
or
weekly
newspaper
of
general
circulation
published
in
the
county
in
which
the
estate
is
pending
and
at
any
time
during
the
pendency
of
administration
that
the
executor
has
knowledge
of
the
name
and
address
of
a
person
believed
to
own
or
possess
a
claim
which
will
not
or
may
not
be
paid
or
otherwise
satisfied
during
administration,
provide
by
ordinary
mail
to
each
such
claimant
at
the
claimant’s
last
known
address,
and
as
soon
as
practicable
give
notice,
except
to
any
executor,
by
ordinary
House
File
556,
p.
89
mail
to
the
surviving
spouse,
each
heir
of
the
decedent
and
each
devisee
under
the
will
admitted
to
probate
whose
identities
are
reasonably
ascertainable,
at
such
persons’
last
known
addresses,
a
notice
of
admission
of
the
will
to
probate
and
of
the
appointment
of
the
executor,
in
which
shall
be
included
a
notice
that
any
action
to
set
aside
the
probate
of
the
will
must
be
brought
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
the
second
publication
of
the
notice
or
one
month
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
this
notice
or
thereafter
be
forever
barred,
and
in
which
shall
be
included
a
notice
to
debtors
to
make
payment,
and
to
creditors
having
claims
against
the
estate
to
file
them
with
the
clerk
within
four
months
from
the
second
publication
of
the
notice,
or
thereafter
be
forever
barred.
As
used
in
this
section
,
“heir”
means
only
such
person
as
would,
in
an
intestate
estate,
be
entitled
to
a
share
under
section
633.219
.
3.
The
notice
shall
be
substantially
in
the
following
form:
Notice
of
Probate
of
Will,
of
Appointment
of
Executor,
and
Notice
to
Creditors
In
the
District
Court
of
Iowa
in
and
for
....
County.
Probate
No.
....
In
the
Estate
of
......
,
Deceased
To
All
Persons
Interested
in
the
Estate
of
......
,
Deceased,
who
died
on
or
about
......
(date):
You
are
hereby
notified
that
on
the
..
day
of
....
(month),
......
(year),
the
last
will
and
testament
of
........
,
deceased,
bearing
date
of
the
..
day
of
....
(month),
..
(year),
was
admitted
to
probate
in
the
above
named
court
and
that
........
was
appointed
executor
of
the
estate.
Any
action
to
set
aside
the
will
must
be
brought
in
the
district
court
of
said
county
within
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
date
of
the
second
publication
of
this
notice
or
one
month
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
this
notice
to
all
heirs
of
the
decedent
and
devisees
under
the
will
whose
identities
are
reasonably
ascertainable,
or
thereafter
be
forever
barred.
Notice
is
further
given
that
all
persons
indebted
to
the
estate
are
requested
to
make
immediate
payment
to
the
undersigned,
and
creditors
having
claims
against
the
estate
shall
file
them
with
the
clerk
of
the
above
named
district
House
File
556,
p.
90
court,
as
provided
by
law,
duly
authenticated,
for
allowance,
and
unless
so
filed
by
the
later
to
occur
of
four
months
from
the
second
publication
of
this
notice
or
one
month
from
the
date
of
mailing
of
this
notice
(unless
otherwise
allowed
or
paid)
a
claim
is
thereafter
forever
barred.
Dated
this
..
day
of
......
(month),
..
(year)
...........
Executor
of
estate
...........
Address
..........
Attorney
for
executor
..........
Address
Date
of
second
publication
..
day
of
......
(month),
..
(year)
(Date
to
be
inserted
by
publisher)
Sec.
218.
Section
634.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
634.2
Statutory
provisions
as
part
of
the
trust.
1.
The
trust
instrument
of
each
trust
to
which
this
chapter
applies
shall
be
deemed
to
contain
provisions
prohibiting
the
trustee
from
doing
any
of
the
following
:
1.
a.
Engaging
in
any
act
of
self-dealing,
as
defined
in
section
4941(d)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
which
would
give
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4941(a)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code
;
.
2.
b.
Retaining
any
excess
business
holdings,
as
defined
in
section
4943(c)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
which
would
give
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4943(a)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code
;
.
3.
c.
Making
any
investments
which
would
jeopardize
the
carrying
out
of
any
of
the
exempt
purposes
of
the
trust,
within
the
meaning
of
section
4944
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
so
as
to
give
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4944(a)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code
;
and
.
4.
d.
Making
any
taxable
expenditures,
as
defined
in
section
4945(d)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code,
which
would
give
rise
to
any
liability
for
the
tax
imposed
by
section
4945(a)
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code.
2.
However,
this
section
shall
not
apply
either
to
those
split-interest
trusts
or
to
amounts
thereof
which
are
not
subject
to
the
prohibitions
applicable
to
private
foundations
House
File
556,
p.
91
by
reason
of
the
provisions
of
section
4947
of
the
Internal
Revenue
Code.
Sec.
219.
Section
656.2,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
a.
The
vendor
shall
also
serve
a
copy
of
the
notice
required
in
subsection
1
on
the
person
in
possession
of
the
real
estate,
if
different
than
the
vendee;
on
all
the
vendee’s
mortgagees
of
record;
and
on
a
person
who
asserts
a
claim
against
the
vendee’s
interest,
except
a
government
or
governmental
subdivision
or
agency
holding
a
lien
for
real
estate
taxes
or
assessments,
if
the
person
has
done
both
of
the
following:
a.
(1)
Requested,
on
a
form
which
substantially
complies
with
the
following
form,
that
notice
of
forfeiture
be
served
on
the
person
at
an
address
specified
in
the
request.
REQUEST
FOR
NOTICE
PURSUANT
TO
IOWA
CODE
SECTION
656.2,
SUBSECTION
2
The
undersigned
requests
service
of
notice
under
Iowa
Code
sections
656.2
and
656.3
to
forfeit
the
contract
recorded
on
the
..
day
of
....
(month),
..
(year),
in
book
or
roll
....
,
image
or
page
...
,
office
of
the
....
county
recorder,
.....
county,
Iowa,
wherein
..........
is/are
seller(s)
and
..........
is/are
buyer(s),
for
sale
of
real
estate
legally
described
as:
[insert
complete
legal
description]
.............
NAME
.............
.............
.............
ADDRESS
CAUTION:
Your
name
and
address
must
be
correct.
If
not
correct,
you
will
not
receive
notice
requested
because
notice
need
only
be
served
on
you
at
the
above
address.
If
your
address
changes,
a
new
request
for
notice
must
be
filed.
The
request
for
notice
shall
be
indexed.
b.
(2)
Filed
the
request
form
for
record
in
the
office
of
the
county
recorder
after
acquisition
of
the
vendee’s
interest
but
prior
to
the
date
of
recording
of
the
proof
and
record
of
service
of
notice
of
forfeiture
required
by
section
656.5
and
paid
a
fee
of
five
dollars.
b.
The
request
for
notice
is
valid
for
a
period
of
five
years
from
the
date
of
filing
with
the
county
recorder.
The
request
for
notice
may
be
renewed
for
additional
periods
of
House
File
556,
p.
92
five
years
by
the
procedure
specified
in
this
subsection
.
The
request
for
notice
may
be
amended
at
any
time
by
the
procedure
specified
in
this
subsection
.
The
request
for
notice
shall
be
indexed.
c.
The
vendee’s
mortgagees
of
record
include
all
assignees
of
record
for
collateral
purposes.
Sec.
220.
Section
694.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
694.1
Missing
persons
Definitions
.
As
used
in
this
chapter
,
unless
the
context
otherwise
indicates
,
“missing
person”
:
1.
“Missing
person”
means
a
person
who
is
missing
and
meets
one
of
the
following
characteristics:
1.
a.
Is
a
person
with
a
physical
or
mental
disability.
2.
b.
Is
missing
under
circumstances
indicating
that
the
person’s
safety
may
be
in
danger.
3.
c.
Is
missing
under
circumstances
indicating
that
the
disappearance
was
not
voluntary.
4.
d.
Is
an
unemancipated
minor.
2.
For
purposes
of
this
chapter
an
“unemancipated
minor”
“Unemancipated
minor”
means
a
minor
who
has
not
married
and
who
resides
with
a
parent
or
other
legal
guardian.
Sec.
221.
Section
705.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
705.1
Solicitation.
1.
Any
A
person
who
solicits
another
person
to
commit
a
felony
or
aggravated
misdemeanor
when
the
person
commands,
entreats,
or
otherwise
attempts
to
persuade
another
the
other
person
to
commit
a
particular
felony
or
aggravated
misdemeanor,
with
the
intent
that
such
act
be
done
and
under
circumstances
which
corroborates
that
intent
by
clear
and
convincing
evidence
,
solicits
such
other
to
commit
that
felony
or
aggravated
misdemeanor
.
2.
One
A
person
who
solicits
another
person
to
commit
a
felony
of
any
class
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
3.
One
A
person
who
solicits
another
person
to
commit
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
Sec.
222.
Section
705.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
705.2
Renunciation.
It
is
a
defense
to
a
prosecution
for
solicitation
that
the
defendant,
after
soliciting
another
person
to
commit
a
felony
or
aggravated
misdemeanor,
persuaded
the
person
not
to
do
so
House
File
556,
p.
93
or
otherwise
prevented
the
commission
of
the
offense,
under
circumstances
manifesting
a
complete
and
voluntary
renunciation
of
the
defendant’s
criminal
intent.
A
renunciation
is
not
“voluntary
and
complete”
if
it
is
motivated
in
whole
or
in
part
by
(a)
either
of
the
following:
1.
The
person’s
belief
that
circumstances
exist
which
increase
the
possibility
of
detection
or
apprehension
of
the
defendant
or
another
or
which
make
more
difficult
the
consummation
of
the
offense
or
(b)
the
.
2.
The
person’s
decision
to
postpone
the
offense
until
another
time
or
to
substitute
another
victim
or
another
but
similar
objective.
Sec.
223.
Section
706A.3,
subsection
9,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
9.
a.
Notwithstanding
any
other
provision
of
law,
any
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
filed
by
a
nongovernmental
aggrieved
party
in
connection
with
a
proceeding
or
action
under
subsection
7
shall
be
verified.
(1)
If
such
aggrieved
person
is
represented
by
an
attorney,
such
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
shall
be
signed
by
at
least
one
attorney
of
record
in
the
attorney’s
individual
name,
whose
address
shall
be
stated.
(2)
If
such
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
includes
an
averment
of
fraud,
coercion,
accomplice,
respondent
superior,
conspiratorial,
enterprise,
or
other
vicarious
accountability,
it
shall
state,
insofar
as
practicable,
the
circumstances
with
particularity.
b.
If
such
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
includes
an
averment
of
fraud,
coercion,
accomplice,
respondent
superior,
conspiratorial,
enterprise,
or
other
vicarious
accountability,
it
shall
state,
insofar
as
practicable,
the
circumstances
with
particularity.
The
verification
and
the
signature
by
an
attorney
required
by
this
subsection
shall
constitute
a
certification
by
the
signer
that
the
attorney
has
carefully
read
the
pleading,
motion,
or
other
paper
and,
based
on
a
reasonable
inquiry,
believes
that
all
of
the
following
exist:
a.
(1)
It
is
well
grounded
in
fact.
b.
(2)
It
is
warranted
by
existing
law,
or
a
good
faith
argument
for
the
extension,
modification,
or
reversal
of
existing
law.
c.
(3)
It
is
not
made
for
an
improper
purpose,
including
to
harass,
to
cause
unnecessary
delay,
or
to
impose
a
needless
increase
in
the
cost
of
litigation.
House
File
556,
p.
94
c.
The
court
may,
after
a
hearing
and
appropriate
findings
of
fact,
impose
upon
any
person
who
verified
the
complaint,
cross-claim,
or
counterclaim,
or
any
attorney
who
signed
it
in
violation
of
this
subsection
,
or
both,
a
fit
and
proper
sanction,
which
may
include
an
order
to
pay
to
the
other
party
or
parties
the
amount
of
the
reasonable
expenses
incurred
because
of
the
complaint
or
claim,
including
reasonable
attorney
fees.
d.
If
the
court
determines
that
the
filing
of
a
complaint
or
claim
under
subsection
7
by
a
nongovernmental
party
was
frivolous
in
whole
or
in
part,
the
court
shall
award
double
the
actual
expenses,
including
attorney
fees,
incurred
because
of
the
frivolous
portion
of
the
complaint
or
claim.
Sec.
224.
Section
707.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
707.4
Voluntary
manslaughter.
1.
A
person
commits
voluntary
manslaughter
when
that
person
causes
the
death
of
another
person,
under
circumstances
which
would
otherwise
be
murder,
if
the
person
causing
the
death
acts
solely
as
the
result
of
sudden,
violent,
and
irresistible
passion
resulting
from
serious
provocation
sufficient
to
excite
such
passion
in
a
person
and
there
is
not
an
interval
between
the
provocation
and
the
killing
in
which
a
person
of
ordinary
reason
and
temperament
would
regain
control
and
suppress
the
impulse
to
kill.
Voluntary
manslaughter
is
an
included
offense
under
an
indictment
for
murder
in
the
first
or
second
degree.
2.
Voluntary
manslaughter
is
a
class
“C”
felony.
3.
Voluntary
manslaughter
is
an
included
offense
under
an
indictment
for
murder
in
the
first
or
second
degree.
4.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
a
person
should
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
Sec.
225.
Section
707.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
707.5
Involuntary
manslaughter.
1.
A
person
commits
a
involuntary
manslaughter
punishable
as:
a.
A
class
“D”
felony
when
the
person
unintentionally
causes
the
death
of
another
person
by
the
commission
of
a
public
offense
other
than
a
forcible
felony
or
escape.
2.
b.
A
person
commits
an
An
aggravated
misdemeanor
when
House
File
556,
p.
95
the
person
unintentionally
causes
the
death
of
another
person
by
the
commission
of
an
act
in
a
manner
likely
to
cause
death
or
serious
injury.
2.
Involuntary
manslaughter
as
defined
in
this
section
is
an
included
offense
under
an
indictment
for
murder
in
the
first
or
second
degree
or
voluntary
manslaughter.
3.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
a
person
should
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
Sec.
226.
Section
707.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
707.11
Attempt
to
commit
murder.
1.
A
person
commits
a
class
“B”
felony
attempt
to
commit
murder
when,
with
the
intent
to
cause
the
death
of
another
person
and
not
under
circumstances
which
would
justify
the
person’s
actions,
the
person
does
any
act
by
which
the
person
expects
to
set
in
motion
a
force
or
chain
of
events
which
will
cause
or
result
in
the
death
of
the
other
person.
2.
Attempt
to
commit
murder
is
a
class
“B”
felony.
3.
It
is
not
a
defense
to
an
indictment
for
attempt
to
commit
murder
that
the
acts
proved
could
not
have
caused
the
death
of
any
person,
provided
that
the
actor
intended
to
cause
the
death
of
some
person
by
so
acting,
and
the
actor’s
expectations
were
not
unreasonable
in
the
light
of
the
facts
known
to
the
actor.
4.
For
purposes
of
determining
whether
the
person
should
register
as
a
sex
offender
pursuant
to
the
provisions
of
chapter
692A
,
the
fact
finder
shall
make
a
determination
as
provided
in
section
692A.126
.
Sec.
227.
Section
708.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
708.3
Assault
while
participating
in
a
felony.
Any
person
who
commits
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
708.1
while
participating
in
a
felony
other
than
a
sexual
abuse
is
guilty
of
a
:
1.
A
class
“C”
felony
if
the
person
thereby
causes
serious
injury
to
any
person
;
if
no
serious
injury
results,
the
person
is
guilty
of
a
.
2.
A
class
“D”
felony
if
no
serious
injury
results
.
Sec.
228.
Section
709.3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
709.3
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree.
House
File
556,
p.
96
1.
A
person
commits
sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
when
the
person
commits
sexual
abuse
under
any
of
the
following
circumstances:
1.
a.
During
the
commission
of
sexual
abuse
the
person
displays
in
a
threatening
manner
a
dangerous
weapon,
or
uses
or
threatens
to
use
force
creating
a
substantial
risk
of
death
or
serious
injury
to
any
person.
2.
b.
The
other
person
is
under
the
age
of
twelve.
3.
c.
The
person
is
aided
or
abetted
by
one
or
more
persons
and
the
sex
act
is
committed
by
force
or
against
the
will
of
the
other
person
against
whom
the
sex
act
is
committed.
2.
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
is
a
class
“B”
felony.
Sec.
229.
Section
709.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
709.11
Assault
with
intent
to
commit
sexual
abuse.
Any
person
who
commits
an
assault,
as
defined
in
section
708.1
,
with
the
intent
to
commit
sexual
abuse
is
:
1.
Is
guilty
of
a
class
“C”
felony
if
the
person
thereby
causes
serious
injury
to
any
person
and
.
2.
Is
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony
if
the
person
thereby
causes
any
person
a
bodily
injury
other
than
a
serious
injury.
The
person
is
3.
Is
guilty
of
an
aggravated
misdemeanor
if
no
injury
results.
Sec.
230.
Section
709.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
709.15
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
counselor,
therapist,
or
school
employee.
1.
As
used
in
this
section
:
a.
“Counselor
or
therapist”
means
a
physician,
psychologist,
nurse,
professional
counselor,
social
worker,
marriage
or
family
therapist,
alcohol
or
drug
counselor,
member
of
the
clergy,
or
any
other
person,
whether
or
not
licensed
or
registered
by
the
state,
who
provides
or
purports
to
provide
mental
health
services.
b.
“Emotionally
dependent”
means
that
the
nature
of
the
patient’s
or
client’s
or
former
patient’s
or
client’s
emotional
condition
or
the
nature
of
the
treatment
provided
by
the
counselor
or
therapist
is
such
that
the
counselor
or
therapist
knows
or
has
reason
to
know
that
the
patient
or
client
or
former
patient
or
client
is
significantly
impaired
in
the
ability
to
withhold
consent
to
sexual
conduct,
as
described
in
subsection
2
,
by
the
counselor
or
therapist.
For
the
purposes
House
File
556,
p.
97
of
subsection
2,
a
former
patient
or
client
is
presumed
to
be
emotionally
dependent
for
one
year
following
the
termination
of
the
provision
of
mental
health
services.
For
the
purposes
of
subsection
2
,
a
former
patient
or
client
is
presumed
to
be
emotionally
dependent
for
one
year
following
the
termination
of
the
provision
of
mental
health
services.
c.
“Former
patient
or
client”
means
a
person
who
received
mental
health
services
from
the
counselor
or
therapist.
d.
“Mental
health
service”
means
the
treatment,
assessment,
or
counseling
of
another
person
for
a
cognitive,
behavioral,
emotional,
mental,
or
social
dysfunction,
including
an
intrapersonal
or
interpersonal
dysfunction.
e.
“Patient
or
client”
means
a
person
who
receives
mental
health
services
from
the
counselor
or
therapist.
f.
“School
employee”
means
a
practitioner
as
defined
in
section
272.1
.
g.
“Student”
means
a
person
who
is
currently
enrolled
in
or
attending
a
public
or
nonpublic
elementary
or
secondary
school,
or
who
was
a
student
enrolled
in
or
who
attended
a
public
or
nonpublic
elementary
or
secondary
school
within
thirty
days
of
any
violation
of
subsection
3
.
2.
a.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
counselor
or
therapist
occurs
when
any
of
the
following
are
found:
a.
(1)
A
pattern
or
practice
or
scheme
of
conduct
to
engage
in
any
of
the
conduct
described
in
paragraph
“b”
subparagraph
(2)
or
“c”
(3)
.
b.
(2)
Any
sexual
conduct,
with
an
emotionally
dependent
patient
or
client
or
emotionally
dependent
former
patient
or
client
for
the
purpose
of
arousing
or
satisfying
the
sexual
desires
of
the
counselor
or
therapist
or
the
emotionally
dependent
patient
or
client
or
emotionally
dependent
former
patient
or
client,
which
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
the
following:
kissing;
touching
(a)
Kissing.
(b)
Touching
of
the
clothed
or
unclothed
inner
thigh,
breast,
groin,
buttock,
anus,
pubes,
or
genitals
;
or
a
.
(c)
A
sex
act
as
defined
in
section
702.17
.
c.
(3)
Any
sexual
conduct
with
a
patient
or
client
or
former
patient
or
client
within
one
year
of
the
termination
of
the
provision
of
mental
health
services
by
the
counselor
or
therapist
for
the
purpose
of
arousing
or
satisfying
the
sexual
desires
of
the
counselor
or
therapist
or
the
patient
or
client
or
former
patient
or
client
which
includes
but
is
not
limited
House
File
556,
p.
98
to
the
following:
kissing;
touching
(a)
Kissing.
(b)
Touching
of
the
clothed
or
unclothed
inner
thigh,
breast,
groin,
buttock,
anus,
pubes,
or
genitals
;
or
a
.
(c)
A
sex
act
as
defined
in
section
702.17
.
b.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
counselor
or
therapist
does
not
include
touching
which
is
part
of
a
necessary
examination
or
treatment
provided
a
patient
or
client
by
a
counselor
or
therapist
acting
within
the
scope
of
the
practice
or
employment
in
which
the
counselor
or
therapist
is
engaged.
3.
a.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
school
employee
occurs
when
any
of
the
following
are
found:
a.
(1)
A
pattern
or
practice
or
scheme
of
conduct
to
engage
in
any
of
the
conduct
described
in
paragraph
“b”
subparagraph
(2)
.
b.
(2)
Any
sexual
conduct
with
a
student
for
the
purpose
of
arousing
or
satisfying
the
sexual
desires
of
the
school
employee
or
the
student.
Sexual
conduct
includes
but
is
not
limited
to
the
following:
kissing;
touching
(a)
Kissing.
(b)
Touching
of
the
clothed
or
unclothed
inner
thigh,
breast,
groin,
buttock,
anus,
pubes,
or
genitals
;
or
a
.
(c)
A
sex
act
as
defined
in
section
702.17
.
b.
Sexual
exploitation
by
a
school
employee
does
not
include
touching
that
is
necessary
in
the
performance
of
the
school
employee’s
duties
while
acting
within
the
scope
of
employment.
4.
a.
A
counselor
or
therapist
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
in
violation
of
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1),
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
b.
A
counselor
or
therapist
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
in
violation
of
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“b”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(2),
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
c.
A
counselor
or
therapist
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
in
violation
of
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“c”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(3),
commits
a
serious
misdemeanor.
In
lieu
of
the
sentence
provided
for
under
section
903.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“b”
,
the
offender
may
be
required
to
attend
a
sexual
abuser
treatment
program.
5.
a.
A
school
employee
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
in
violation
of
subsection
3
,
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1),
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
b.
A
school
employee
who
commits
sexual
exploitation
in
violation
of
subsection
3
,
paragraph
“b”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(2),
House
File
556,
p.
99
commits
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
Sec.
231.
Section
711.4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
711.4
Extortion.
1.
A
person
commits
extortion
if
the
person
does
any
of
the
following
with
the
purpose
of
obtaining
for
oneself
or
another
anything
of
value,
tangible
or
intangible,
including
labor
or
services:
1.
a.
Threatens
to
inflict
physical
injury
on
some
person,
or
to
commit
any
public
offense.
2.
b.
Threatens
to
accuse
another
of
a
public
offense.
3.
c.
Threatens
to
expose
any
person
to
hatred,
contempt,
or
ridicule.
4.
d.
Threatens
to
harm
the
credit
or
business
or
professional
reputation
of
any
person.
5.
e.
Threatens
to
take
or
withhold
action
as
a
public
officer
or
employee,
or
to
cause
some
public
official
or
employee
to
take
or
withhold
action.
6.
f.
Threatens
to
testify
or
provide
information
or
to
withhold
testimony
or
information
with
respect
to
another’s
legal
claim
or
defense.
7.
g.
Threatens
to
wrongfully
injure
the
property
of
another.
2.
Extortion
is
a
class
“D”
felony.
3.
It
is
a
defense
to
a
charge
of
extortion
that
the
person
making
a
threat
other
than
a
threat
to
commit
a
public
offense,
reasonably
believed
that
the
person
had
a
right
to
make
such
threats
in
order
to
recover
property,
or
to
receive
compensation
for
property
or
services,
or
to
recover
a
debt
to
which
the
person
has
a
good
faith
claim.
Extortion
is
a
class
“D”
felony.
Sec.
232.
Section
714.15,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
714.15
Reproduction
of
sound
recordings.
1.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
:
“Person”
shall
mean
person
as
defined
in
section
4.1,
subsection
20
.
a.
“Owner”
means
any
person
who
owns
the
original
fixation
of
sounds
embodied
in
the
master
phonograph
record,
master
disc,
master
tape,
master
film
or
other
device
used
for
reproducing
sounds
on
phonograph
records,
discs,
tapes,
films,
or
other
articles
upon
which
sound
is
recorded,
and
from
which
the
transferred
recorded
sounds
are
derived.
House
File
556,
p.
100
b.
“Person”
shall
mean
person
as
defined
in
section
4.1,
subsection
20.
1.
2.
Except
as
provided
in
subsection
3
4
,
it
is
unlawful
for
a
person
knowingly
to:
a.
Transfer
or
cause
to
be
transferred
any
sounds
recorded
on
a
phonograph
record,
disc,
wire,
tape,
film
or
other
article
without
the
consent
of
the
owner;
or
b.
Sell;
distribute;
circulate;
offer
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation;
possess
for
the
purpose
of
sale,
distribution
or
circulation;
or
cause
to
be
sold,
distributed,
circulated;
offered
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation;
or
possessed
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation,
any
article
or
device
on
which
sounds
have
been
transferred
without
the
consent
of
the
person
who
owns
the
master
phonograph
record,
master
disc,
master
tape
or
other
device
or
article
from
which
the
sounds
are
derived.
2.
3.
It
is
unlawful
for
a
person
to
sell,
distribute,
circulate,
offer
for
sale,
distribution
or
circulation
or
possess
for
the
purposes
of
sale,
distribution
or
circulation,
any
phonograph
record,
disc,
wire,
tape,
film
or
other
article
on
which
sounds
have
been
transferred
unless
the
phonograph
record,
disc,
wire,
tape,
film
or
other
article
bears
the
actual
name
and
address
of
the
transferor
of
the
sounds
in
a
prominent
place
on
its
outside
face
or
package.
3.
4.
This
section
does
not
apply
to
a
person
who
transfers
or
causes
to
be
transferred
sounds
intended
for
or
in
connection
with
radio
or
television
broadcast
transmission
or
related
uses,
synchronized
sound
tracks
of
motion
pictures
or
sound
tracks
recorded
for
synchronizing
with
motion
pictures,
for
archival
purposes
or
for
the
personal
use
of
the
person
transferring
or
causing
the
transfer
and
without
any
compensation
being
derived
by
the
person
from
the
transfer.
4.
5.
A
person
who
violates
the
provisions
of
this
section
is
guilty
of
theft.
Sec.
233.
Section
715B.4,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
An
art
merchant
who
sells
a
work
of
fine
art
or
a
multiple
to
a
buyer
under
a
warranty
attesting
to
facts
about
the
work
which
are
not
true
is
liable
to
the
buyer
to
whom
the
work
was
sold.
a.
If
the
warranty
was
untrue
through
no
fault
of
the
art
merchant,
the
merchant’s
liability
is
the
consideration
paid
by
the
buyer
upon
return
of
the
work
in
substantially
the
same
House
File
556,
p.
101
condition
in
which
it
was
received
by
the
buyer.
b.
If
the
warranty
is
untrue
and
the
buyer
is
able
to
establish
that
the
art
merchant
failed
to
make
reasonable
inquiries
according
to
the
custom
and
the
usage
of
the
trade
to
confirm
the
warranted
facts
about
the
work,
or
that
the
warranted
facts
would
have
been
found
to
be
untrue
if
reasonable
inquiries
had
been
made,
the
merchant’s
liability
is
the
consideration
paid
by
the
buyer
with
interest
from
the
time
of
the
payment
at
the
rate
prescribed
by
section
535.3
upon
the
return
of
the
work
in
substantially
the
same
condition
in
which
it
was
received
by
the
buyer.
c.
(1)
If
the
warranty
is
untrue
and
the
buyer
is
able
to
establish
that
the
art
merchant
knowingly
provided
false
information
on
the
warranty
or
willfully
and
falsely
disclaimed
knowledge
of
information
relating
to
the
warranty,
the
merchant
is
liable
to
the
buyer
in
an
amount
equal
to
three
times
the
amount
provided
in
paragraph
“b”
.
(2)
This
remedy
shall
not
bar
or
be
deemed
inconsistent
with
a
claim
for
damages
or
with
the
exercise
of
additional
remedies
otherwise
available
to
the
buyer.
Sec.
234.
Section
716.7,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
716.7
Trespass
defined.
1.
For
purposes
of
this
section:
a.
The
term
“property”
“Property”
shall
include
any
land,
dwelling,
building,
conveyance,
vehicle,
or
other
temporary
or
permanent
structure
whether
publicly
or
privately
owned.
b.
“Public
utility
property”
means
any
land,
dwelling,
building,
conveyance,
vehicle,
or
other
temporary
or
permanent
structure
owned,
leased,
or
operated
by
a
public
utility
and
that
is
completely
enclosed
by
a
physical
barrier
of
any
kind.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section,
a
“public
utility”
is
a
public
utility
as
defined
in
section
476.1
or
an
electric
transmission
line
as
provided
in
chapter
478.
c.
“Railway
corporation”
means
a
corporation,
company,
or
person
owning,
leasing,
or
operating
any
railroad
in
whole
or
in
part
within
this
state.
d.
“Railway
property”
means
all
tangible
real
and
personal
property
owned,
leased,
or
operated
by
a
railway
corporation
with
the
exception
of
any
administrative
building
or
offices
of
the
railway
corporation.
2.
a.
The
term
“trespass”
“Trespass”
shall
mean
one
or
more
of
the
following
acts:
House
File
556,
p.
102
a.
(1)
Entering
upon
or
in
property
without
the
express
permission
of
the
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
lawful
possession
with
the
intent
to
commit
a
public
offense,
to
use,
remove
therefrom,
alter,
damage,
harass,
or
place
thereon
or
therein
anything
animate
or
inanimate,
or
to
hunt,
fish
or
trap
on
or
in
the
property,
including
the
act
of
taking
or
attempting
to
take
a
deer,
other
than
a
farm
deer
as
defined
in
section
170.1
or
preserve
whitetail
as
defined
in
section
484C.1
,
which
is
on
or
in
the
property
by
a
person
who
is
outside
the
property.
This
paragraph
subparagraph
does
not
prohibit
the
unarmed
pursuit
of
game
or
fur-bearing
animals
by
a
person
who
lawfully
injured
or
killed
the
game
or
fur-bearing
animal
which
comes
to
rest
on
or
escapes
to
the
property
of
another.
b.
(2)
Entering
or
remaining
upon
or
in
property
without
justification
after
being
notified
or
requested
to
abstain
from
entering
or
to
remove
or
vacate
therefrom
by
the
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
lawful
possession,
or
the
agent
or
employee
of
the
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
lawful
possession,
or
by
any
peace
officer,
magistrate,
or
public
employee
whose
duty
it
is
to
supervise
the
use
or
maintenance
of
the
property.
c.
(3)
Entering
upon
or
in
property
for
the
purpose
or
with
the
effect
of
unduly
interfering
with
the
lawful
use
of
the
property
by
others.
d.
(4)
Being
upon
or
in
property
and
wrongfully
using,
removing
therefrom,
altering,
damaging,
harassing,
or
placing
thereon
or
therein
anything
animate
or
inanimate,
without
the
implied
or
actual
permission
of
the
owner,
lessee,
or
person
in
lawful
possession.
e.
(5)
Entering
or
remaining
upon
or
in
railway
property
without
lawful
authority
or
without
the
consent
of
the
railway
corporation
which
owns,
leases,
or
operates
the
railway
property.
This
paragraph
subparagraph
does
not
apply
to
passage
over
a
railroad
right-of-way,
other
than
a
track,
railroad
roadbed,
viaduct,
bridge,
trestle,
or
railroad
yard,
by
an
unarmed
person
if
the
person
has
not
been
notified
or
requested
to
abstain
from
entering
on
to
the
right-of-way
or
to
vacate
the
right-of-way
and
the
passage
over
the
right-of-way
does
not
interfere
with
the
operation
of
the
railroad.
f.
(6)
Entering
or
remaining
upon
or
in
public
utility
property
without
lawful
authority
or
without
the
consent
of
the
public
utility
that
owns,
leases,
or
operates
the
public
utility
property.
This
paragraph
subparagraph
does
not
apply
to
passage
over
public
utility
right-of-way
by
a
person
if
the
House
File
556,
p.
103
person
has
not
been
notified
or
requested
by
posted
signage
or
other
means
to
abstain
from
entering
onto
the
right-of-way
or
to
vacate
the
right-of-way.
3.
b.
The
term
“trespass”
“Trespass”
shall
not
mean
entering
either
of
the
following:
(1)
Entering
upon
the
property
of
another
for
the
sole
purpose
of
retrieving
personal
property
which
has
accidentally
or
inadvertently
been
thrown,
fallen,
strayed,
or
blown
onto
the
property
of
another,
provided
that
the
person
retrieving
the
property
takes
the
most
direct
and
accessible
route
to
and
from
the
property
to
be
retrieved,
quits
the
property
as
quickly
as
is
possible,
and
does
not
unduly
interfere
with
the
lawful
use
of
the
property.
This
subsection
subparagraph
does
not
apply
to
public
utility
property
where
the
person
has
been
notified
or
requested
by
posted
signage
or
other
means
to
abstain
from
entering.
4.
(2)
The
term
“trespass”
does
not
mean
the
entering
Entering
upon
the
right-of-way
of
a
public
road
or
highway.
5.
a.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“railway
property”
means
all
tangible
real
and
personal
property
owned,
leased,
or
operated
by
a
railway
corporation
with
the
exception
of
any
administrative
building
or
offices
of
the
railway
corporation.
b.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“railway
corporation”
means
a
corporation,
company,
or
person
owning,
leasing,
or
operating
any
railroad
in
whole
or
in
part
within
this
state.
6.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“public
utility
property”
means
any
land,
dwelling,
building,
conveyance,
vehicle,
or
other
temporary
or
permanent
structure
owned,
leased,
or
operated
by
a
public
utility
and
that
is
completely
enclosed
by
a
physical
barrier
of
any
kind.
For
the
purposes
of
this
section
,
a
“public
utility”
is
a
public
utility
as
defined
in
section
476.1
or
an
electric
transmission
line
as
provided
in
chapter
478
.
7.
3.
This
section
shall
not
apply
to
the
following
persons:
a.
Representatives
of
the
state
department
of
transportation,
the
federal
railroad
administration,
or
the
national
transportation
safety
board
who
enter
or
remain
upon
or
in
railway
property
while
engaged
in
the
performance
of
official
duties.
b.
Employees
of
a
railway
corporation
who
enter
or
remain
upon
or
in
railway
property
while
acting
in
the
course
of
employment.
House
File
556,
p.
104
c.
Any
person
who
is
engaged
in
the
operation
of
a
lawful
business
on
railway
station
grounds
or
in
the
railway
depot.
d.
Representatives
of
the
Iowa
utilities
board,
the
federal
energy
regulatory
commission,
or
the
federal
communications
commission
who
enter
or
remain
upon
or
in
public
utility
property
while
engaged
in
the
performance
of
official
duties.
e.
Employees
of
a
public
utility
who
enter
or
remain
upon
or
in
public
utility
property
while
acting
in
the
course
of
employment.
Sec.
235.
Section
724.16A,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
724.16A
Trafficking
in
stolen
weapons.
1.
A
person
who
knowingly
transfers
or
acquires
possession,
or
who
facilitates
the
transfer,
of
a
stolen
firearm
commits
a
:
a.
A
class
“D”
felony
for
a
first
offense
and
a
.
b.
A
class
“C”
felony
for
second
and
subsequent
offenses
or
if
the
weapon
is
used
in
the
commission
of
a
public
offense.
2.
However,
this
section
shall
not
apply
to
a
person
purchasing
stolen
firearms
through
a
buy-back
program
sponsored
by
a
law
enforcement
agency
if
the
firearms
are
returned
to
their
rightful
owners
or
destroyed.
Sec.
236.
Section
726.1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
726.1
Bigamy.
1.
a.
Any
person,
having
a
living
husband
or
wife,
who
marries
another,
commits
bigamy.
Any
of
the
following
is
a
defense
to
the
charge
of
bigamy:
1.
The
prior
marriage
was
terminated
in
accordance
with
applicable
law,
or
the
person
reasonably
believes
on
reasonably
convincing
evidence
that
the
prior
marriage
was
so
terminated.
2.
The
person
believes,
on
reasonably
convincing
evidence,
that
the
prior
spouse
is
dead.
3.
The
person
has,
for
three
years,
had
no
evidence
by
which
the
person
can
reasonably
believe
that
the
prior
spouse
is
alive.
b.
Any
person
who
marries
another
who
the
person
knows
has
another
living
husband
or
wife
commits
bigamy.
2.
Bigamy
is
a
serious
misdemeanor.
3.
Any
of
the
following
is
a
defense
to
the
charge
of
bigamy:
a.
The
prior
marriage
was
terminated
in
accordance
with
applicable
law,
or
the
person
reasonably
believes
on
reasonably
convincing
evidence
that
the
prior
marriage
was
so
terminated.
House
File
556,
p.
105
b.
The
person
believes,
on
reasonably
convincing
evidence,
that
the
prior
spouse
is
dead.
c.
The
person
has,
for
three
years,
had
no
evidence
by
which
the
person
can
reasonably
believe
that
the
prior
spouse
is
alive.
Sec.
237.
Section
729.5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
729.5
Violation
of
individual
rights
——
penalty.
1.
A
person,
who
acts
alone,
or
who
conspires
with
another
person
or
persons,
to
injure,
oppress,
threaten,
or
intimidate
or
interfere
with
any
citizen
in
the
free
exercise
or
enjoyment
of
any
right
or
privilege
secured
to
that
person
by
the
constitution
or
laws
of
the
state
of
Iowa
or
by
the
constitution
or
laws
of
the
United
States,
and
assembles
with
one
or
more
persons
for
the
purpose
of
teaching
or
being
instructed
in
any
technique
or
means
capable
of
causing
property
damage,
bodily
injury
or
death
when
the
person
or
persons
intend
to
employ
those
techniques
or
means
in
furtherance
of
the
conspiracy,
is
on
conviction,
guilty
of
a
class
“D”
felony.
2.
A
person
intimidates
or
interferes
with
another
person
if
the
act
of
the
person
results
in
any
of
the
following:
a.
Physical
injury
to
the
other
person.
b.
Physical
damage
to
or
destruction
of
the
other
person’s
property.
c.
Communication
in
a
manner,
or
action
in
a
manner,
intended
to
result
in
either
of
the
following:
(1)
To
place
the
other
person
in
fear
of
physical
contact
which
will
be
injurious,
insulting,
or
offensive,
coupled
with
the
apparent
ability
to
execute
the
act.
(2)
To
place
the
other
person
in
fear
of
harm
to
the
other
person’s
property,
or
harm
to
the
person
or
property
of
a
third
person.
2.
3.
This
section
does
not
make
unlawful
the
teaching
of
any
technique
in
self-defense.
3.
4.
This
section
does
not
make
unlawful
any
activity
of
any
of
the
following
officials
or
persons:
a.
Law
enforcement
officials
of
this
or
any
other
jurisdiction
while
engaged
in
the
lawful
performance
of
their
official
duties.
b.
Federal
officials
required
to
carry
firearms
while
engaged
in
the
lawful
performance
of
their
official
duties.
c.
Members
of
the
armed
forces
of
the
United
States
or
the
House
File
556,
p.
106
national
guard
while
engaged
in
the
lawful
performance
of
their
official
duties.
d.
Any
conservation
commission,
law
enforcement
agency,
or
any
agency
licensed
to
provide
security
services,
or
any
hunting
club,
gun
club,
shooting
range,
or
other
organization
or
entity
whose
primary
purpose
is
to
teach
the
safe
handling
or
use
of
firearms,
archery
equipment,
or
other
weapons
or
techniques
employed
in
connection
with
lawful
sporting
or
other
lawful
activity.
Sec.
238.
Section
804.8,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
804.8
Use
of
force
by
peace
officer
making
an
arrest.
1.
A
peace
officer,
while
making
a
lawful
arrest,
is
justified
in
the
use
of
any
force
which
the
peace
officer
reasonably
believes
to
be
necessary
to
effect
the
arrest
or
to
defend
any
person
from
bodily
harm
while
making
the
arrest.
However,
the
use
of
deadly
force
is
only
justified
when
a
person
cannot
be
captured
any
other
way
and
either
of
the
following
apply:
1.
a.
The
person
has
used
or
threatened
to
use
deadly
force
in
committing
a
felony
or
.
2.
b.
The
peace
officer
reasonably
believes
the
person
would
use
deadly
force
against
any
person
unless
immediately
apprehended.
2.
A
peace
officer
making
an
arrest
pursuant
to
an
invalid
warrant
is
justified
in
the
use
of
any
force
which
the
peace
officer
would
be
justified
in
using
if
the
warrant
were
valid,
unless
the
peace
officer
knows
that
the
warrant
is
invalid.
Sec.
239.
Section
804.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
804.11
Arrest
of
material
witness.
1.
When
a
law
enforcement
officer
has
probable
cause
to
believe
that
a
person
is
a
necessary
and
material
witness
to
a
felony
and
that
such
person
might
be
unavailable
for
service
of
a
subpoena,
the
officer
may
arrest
such
person
as
a
material
witness
with
or
without
an
arrest
warrant.
2.
At
the
time
of
the
arrest,
the
law
enforcement
officer
shall
inform
the
person
of:
1.
a.
The
officer’s
identity
as
a
law
enforcement
officer
;
and
.
2.
b.
The
reason
for
the
arrest
which
is
that
the
person
is
believed
to
be
a
material
witness
to
an
identified
felony
and
that
the
person
might
be
unavailable
for
service
of
a
subpoena.
House
File
556,
p.
107
Sec.
240.
Section
901.2,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
901.2
Presentence
investigation.
1.
Upon
a
plea
of
guilty,
a
verdict
of
guilty,
or
a
special
verdict
upon
which
a
judgment
of
conviction
of
a
public
offense
may
be
rendered,
the
court
shall
receive
from
the
state,
from
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services,
and
from
the
defendant
any
information
which
may
be
offered
which
is
relevant
to
the
question
of
sentencing.
The
court
may
consider
information
from
other
sources.
2.
a.
The
court
shall
not
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
the
offense
is
a
class
“A”
felony.
If,
however,
the
board
of
parole
determines
that
the
Iowa
medical
and
classification
center
reception
report
for
a
class
“A”
felon
is
inadequate,
the
board
may
request
and
shall
be
provided
with
additional
information
from
the
appropriate
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
b.
The
court
shall
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
the
offense
is
any
felony
punishable
under
section
902.9,
subsection
1
,
or
a
class
“B”,
class
“C”,
or
class
“D”
felony.
A
presentence
investigation
for
any
felony
punishable
under
section
902.9,
subsection
1
,
or
a
class
“B”,
class
“C”,
or
class
“D”
felony
shall
not
be
waived.
The
court
may
order,
with
the
consent
of
the
defendant,
that
the
presentence
investigation
begin
prior
to
the
acceptance
of
a
plea
of
guilty,
or
prior
to
a
verdict
of
guilty.
c.
The
court
may
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
the
offense
is
an
aggravated
misdemeanor.
d.
The
court
may
order
a
presentence
investigation
when
the
offense
is
a
serious
misdemeanor
only
upon
a
finding
of
exceptional
circumstances
warranting
an
investigation.
Notwithstanding
section
901.3
,
a
presentence
investigation
ordered
by
the
court
for
a
serious
misdemeanor
shall
include
information
concerning
only
the
following:
1.
(1)
A
brief
personal
and
social
history
of
the
defendant.
2.
(2)
The
defendant’s
criminal
record.
3.
(3)
The
harm
to
the
victim,
the
victim’s
immediate
family,
and
the
community,
including
any
completed
victim
impact
statement
or
statements
and
restitution
plan.
3.
The
court
may
withhold
execution
of
any
judgment
or
sentence
for
such
time
as
shall
be
reasonably
necessary
for
an
investigation
with
respect
to
deferment
of
judgment,
deferment
House
File
556,
p.
108
of
sentence,
or
suspension
of
sentence
and
probation.
The
investigation
shall
be
made
by
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services.
4.
The
purpose
of
the
report
by
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
is
to
provide
the
court
pertinent
information
for
purposes
of
sentencing
and
to
include
suggestions
for
correctional
planning
for
use
by
correctional
authorities
subsequent
to
sentencing.
Sec.
241.
Section
905.3,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
a.
The
board
of
directors
of
each
district
department
shall
be
composed
as
follows:
a.
(1)
One
member
shall
be
chosen
from
and
by
the
board
of
supervisors
of
each
county
in
the
judicial
district
and
shall
be
so
designated
annually
by
the
respective
boards
of
supervisors
at
the
organizational
meetings
held
under
section
331.211
.
b.
(2)
One
member
shall
be
chosen
from
each
of
the
project
advisory
committees
within
the
judicial
district,
which
person
shall
be
designated
annually,
no
later
than
January
15,
by
and
from
the
project
advisory
committee.
However,
in
lieu
of
the
designation
of
project
advisory
committee
members
as
members
of
the
district
board,
the
district
board
may
on
or
before
December
31
appoint
two
citizen
members
to
serve
on
the
district
board
for
the
following
calendar
year.
c.
(3)
A
number
of
members
equal
to
the
number
of
authorized
board
members
from
project
advisory
committees
or
equal
to
the
number
of
citizen
members
shall
be
appointed
by
the
chief
judge
of
the
judicial
district
no
later
than
January
15
of
each
year.
b.
Within
thirty
days
after
the
members
of
the
district
board
have
been
so
designated
for
the
year,
the
district
board
shall
organize
by
election
of
a
chairperson,
a
vice
chairperson,
and
members
of
the
executive
committee
as
required
by
subsection
2
.
The
district
board
shall
meet
at
least
quarterly
during
the
calendar
year
but
may
meet
more
frequently
upon
the
call
of
the
chairperson
or
upon
a
call
signed
by
a
majority,
determined
by
weighted
vote
computed
as
in
subsection
4
,
of
the
members
of
the
board.
DIVISION
III
CONFORMING
CHANGES
Sec.
242.
Section
309.57,
subsection
4,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
House
File
556,
p.
109
4.
Notwithstanding
section
716.7,
subsection
4
2
,
paragraph
“b”
,
subparagraph
(2),
entering
or
remaining
upon
an
area
service
“C”
classification
road
without
justification
after
being
notified
or
requested
to
abstain
from
entering
or
to
remove
or
vacate
the
road
by
any
person
lawfully
allowed
access
shall
be
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
716.7
.
Sec.
243.
Section
321.210,
subsection
2,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
Parking
violations,
meaning
violation
of
a
local
authority
parking
ordinance
or
violation
of
sections
321L.4
,
321.366,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“f”
,
and
321.354
through
321.361
except
section
321.354,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
.
Sec.
244.
Section
331.211,
subsection
1,
paragraph
b,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
b.
Choose
one
of
its
members
to
be
a
member
of
the
board
of
directors
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
correctional
services
as
provided
in
section
905.3,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1)
.
Sec.
245.
Section
331.321,
subsection
1,
paragraph
x,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
x.
A
member
of
the
judicial
district
department
of
corrections
as
provided
in
section
905.3,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
,
subparagraph
(1)
.
Sec.
246.
Section
427B.19A,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5.
A
municipality
may
elect
to
reduce
the
amount
of
assessed
value
of
property
defined
in
section
403.19,
subsection
1
,
by
an
amount
equal
to
that
portion
of
the
amount
of
such
assessed
value
which
was
phased
out
for
the
fiscal
year
by
operation
of
section
427B.17,
subsection
3
4
.
The
applicable
assessment
roll
and
ordinance
providing
for
the
division
of
taxes
under
section
403.19
in
the
urban
renewal
taxing
district
shall
be
deemed
to
be
modified
for
that
fiscal
year
only
to
the
extent
of
such
adjustment
without
further
action
on
the
part
of
the
city
or
county
implementing
the
urban
renewal
taxing
district.
Sec.
247.
Section
427B.19C,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
427B.19C
Adjustment
of
certain
assessments
required.
In
the
assessment
year
beginning
January
1,
2003,
the
amount
of
assessed
value
of
property
defined
in
section
403.19,
subsection
1
,
for
an
urban
renewal
taxing
district
which
received
replacement
moneys
under
section
427B.19A,
subsection
4
,
shall
be
reduced
by
an
amount
equal
to
that
portion
of
the
House
File
556,
p.
110
amount
of
assessed
value
of
such
property
which
was
assessed
pursuant
to
section
427B.17,
subsection
3
4
.
Sec.
248.
Section
437A.3,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(1)
“Base
year
assessed
value”
,
for
a
taxpayer
other
than
an
electric
company,
natural
gas
company,
or
electric
cooperative,
means
the
value
attributable
to
property
identified
in
section
427A.1,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“h”
,
certified
by
the
department
of
revenue
to
the
county
auditors
for
the
assessment
date
of
January
1,
1997,
and
the
value
attributable
to
property
identified
in
section
427A.1
and
section
427B.17,
subsection
5
8
,
as
certified
by
the
local
assessors
to
the
county
auditors
for
the
assessment
date
of
January
1,
1997,
provided,
that
for
a
taxpayer
subject
to
section
437A.17A
,
such
value
shall
be
the
value
certified
by
the
department
of
revenue
and
local
assessors
to
the
county
auditors
for
the
assessment
date
of
January
1,
1998.
Sec.
249.
Section
543C.3,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
There
may
be
omitted
from
the
offering
statement
any
of
the
information
required
under
section
543C.2
,
subsections
6
subsection
1,
paragraph
“f”
,
9
“i”
,
and
10
“j”
which
the
commission
may
by
a
properly
promulgated
rule
designate
as
being
unnecessary
or
inappropriate
for
the
protection
of
the
public
interest
or
a
purchaser.
Sec.
250.
Section
692A.102,
subsection
1,
paragraph
a,
subparagraph
(1),
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(1)
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
in
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1
,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
by
a
person
under
the
age
of
fourteen.
Sec.
251.
Section
692A.102,
subsection
1,
paragraph
c,
subparagraphs
(8)
and
(9),
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
(8)
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
in
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
1
,
paragraph
“a”
or
3
“c”
.
(9)
Sexual
abuse
in
the
second
degree
in
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
by
a
person
fourteen
years
of
age
or
older.
Sec.
252.
Section
714.3A,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
person
commits
aggravated
theft
when
the
person
commits
an
assault
as
defined
in
section
708.1,
subsection
1
2
,
paragraph
“a”
,
that
is
punishable
as
a
simple
misdemeanor
House
File
556,
p.
111
under
section
708.2,
subsection
6
,
after
the
person
has
removed
or
attempted
to
remove
property
not
exceeding
two
hundred
dollars
in
value
which
has
not
been
purchased
from
a
store
or
mercantile
establishment,
or
has
concealed
such
property
of
the
store
or
mercantile
establishment,
either
on
the
premises
or
outside
the
premises
of
the
store
or
mercantile
establishment.
Sec.
253.
Section
716.8,
subsections
2
and
6,
Code
2013,
are
amended
to
read
as
follows:
2.
Any
person
committing
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
716.7
,
other
than
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
716.7,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“f”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(6),
which
results
in
injury
to
any
person
or
damage
in
an
amount
more
than
two
hundred
dollars
to
anything,
animate
or
inanimate,
located
thereon
or
therein
commits
a
serious
misdemeanor.
6.
Any
person
who
commits
a
trespass
as
defined
in
section
716.7,
subsection
2
,
paragraph
“f”
“a”
,
subparagraph
(6),
commits
a
class
“D”
felony.
Sec.
254.
Section
724.26,
subsection
2,
paragraph
c,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
c.
For
purposes
of
this
section
,
“misdemeanor
crime
of
domestic
violence”
means
an
assault
under
section
708.1,
subsection
1
2,
paragraph
“a”
or
3
“c”
,
committed
by
a
current
or
former
spouse,
parent,
or
guardian
of
the
victim,
by
a
person
with
whom
the
victim
shares
a
child
in
common,
by
a
person
who
is
cohabiting
with
or
has
cohabited
with
the
victim
as
a
spouse,
parent,
or
guardian,
or
by
a
person
similarly
situated
to
a
spouse,
parent,
or
guardian
of
the
victim.
Sec.
255.
Section
901A.2,
subsection
5,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
5.
A
person
who
has
been
convicted
of
a
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
shall,
upon
a
second
conviction
for
a
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
be
committed
to
the
custody
of
the
director
of
the
Iowa
department
of
corrections
for
the
rest
of
the
person’s
life.
In
determining
whether
a
conviction
is
a
first
or
second
conviction
under
this
subsection
,
a
prior
conviction
for
a
criminal
offense
committed
in
another
jurisdiction
which
would
constitute
a
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
in
this
state,
shall
be
considered
a
conviction
under
this
subsection
.
The
terms
and
conditions
applicable
to
sentences
for
class
“A”
felons
under
chapters
901
through
909
shall
apply
to
persons
sentenced
under
this
subsection
.
House
File
556,
p.
112
Sec.
256.
Section
903B.10,
subsection
1,
Code
2013,
is
amended
to
read
as
follows:
1.
A
person
who
has
been
convicted
of
a
serious
sex
offense
may,
upon
a
first
conviction
and
in
addition
to
any
other
punishment
provided
by
law,
be
required
to
undergo
medroxyprogesterone
acetate
treatment
as
part
of
any
conditions
of
release
imposed
by
the
court
or
the
board
of
parole.
The
treatment
prescribed
in
this
section
may
utilize
an
approved
pharmaceutical
agent
other
than
medroxyprogesterone
acetate.
Upon
a
second
or
subsequent
conviction,
the
court
or
the
board
of
parole
shall
require
the
person
to
undergo
medroxyprogesterone
acetate
or
other
approved
pharmaceutical
agent
treatment
as
a
condition
of
release,
unless,
after
an
appropriate
assessment,
the
court
or
board
determines
that
the
treatment
would
not
be
effective.
In
determining
whether
a
conviction
is
a
first
or
second
conviction
under
this
section
,
a
prior
conviction
for
a
criminal
offense
committed
in
another
jurisdiction
which
would
constitute
a
violation
of
section
709.3,
subsection
2
1,
paragraph
“b”
,
if
committed
in
this
state,
shall
be
considered
a
conviction
under
this
section
.
This
section
shall
not
apply
if
the
person
voluntarily
undergoes
a
permanent
surgical
alternative
approved
by
the
court
or
the
board
of
parole.
DIVISION
IV
DIRECTIVES
Sec.
257.
CODE
EDITOR
DIRECTIVES.
1.
Section
915.11,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
“internet
site”.
2.
Sections
8D.9,
subsection
3;
23B.3,
subsection
5;
99D.7,
subsection
24;
99F.4,
subsection
26;
144D.2,
subsection
2;
256.9,
subsection
57;
260C.14,
subsection
22,
paragraph
“a”;
261.7,
subsection
2;
262.9,
subsection
33,
paragraphs
“a”,
“d”,
and
“f”;
321.134,
subsection
1;
331.553,
subsection
6;
384.65,
subsection
4,
paragraph
“c”;
421.17,
subsection
28;
423.56,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“c”;
445.37,
unnumbered
paragraph
4;
453D.3,
subsection
2,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
523A.807,
subsection
4;
and
556.17,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“b”;
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
“internet
site”.
3.
Section
715.4,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“b”,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
word
“websites”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
“internet
sites”.
House
File
556,
p.
113
4.
Sections
15.115,
subsection
4;
68A.401,
subsection
1;
68A.405,
subsection
1,
paragraph
“a”,
subparagraph
(3);
249J.8,
subsection
3;
249J.14,
subsection
6;
257.31,
subsection
2;
279.63,
subsection
3;
322.13,
subsection
1;
331.439,
subsection
5,
paragraph
“b”;
331.604,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“b”,
subparagraph
(2),
subparagraph
divisions
(a)
and
(c);
331.604,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“d”;
331.606A,
subsection
6,
paragraph
“c”;
455B.152,
subsection
4;
459A.208,
subsection
5,
paragraph
“b”,
subparagraph
(6);
459A.208,
subsection
5,
paragraph
“c”;
515A.6,
subsection
7,
paragraph
“a”;
533A.8,
subsection
10;
556.2C,
subsection
1,
paragraph
“b”;
572.8,
subsection
1,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
572.8,
subsections
2
and
3;
572.13,
subsection
2;
572.13A,
subsection
1,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
572.13A,
subsection
2;
572.13A,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“a”;
572.13B,
subsection
1,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
572.18,
subsection
1;
572.22,
unnumbered
paragraph
1;
572.24,
subsection
2;
572.34,
subsections
2,
5,
6,
7,
and
8;
715.3,
subsection
1;
and
715C.2,
subsection
4,
paragraph
“c”;
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“site”.
5.
Sections
15.115,
subsection
4;
331.604,
subsection
3,
paragraph
“d”;
455B.807,
subsection
2;
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“websites”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“sites”.
6.
Sections
15.274
and
535D.19,
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“websites”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“sites”.
7.
Sections
73.16,
subsection
2,
paragraph
“c”,
subparagraph
(2),
and
307.49,
subsection
2,
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
words
“web
page”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
“internet
site”.
8.
Sections
103.31,
subsection
6;
256.9,
subsection
50,
paragraph
“a”;
and
260C.36,
subsection
4,
paragraph
“b”,
subparagraph
(1);
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“web-based”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“internet-based”.
9.
Section
237A.30,
subsection
3,
Code
2013,
is
amended
by
striking
the
word
“webpage”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
words
“internet
site”.
10.
Sections
68B.35A,
147.93,
190A.4,
249J.17,
298.6,
and
572.10,
Code
2013,
are
amended
by
striking
the
word
“website”
and
inserting
in
lieu
thereof
the
word
“site”.
11.
The
Code
editor
is
directed
to
remove
former
reserved
House
File
556,
p.
114
section
15.410
from
part
22
of
chapter
15,
and
add
new
section
15.410,
as
enacted
in
this
Act,
to
part
23
of
chapter
15.
______________________________
KRAIG
PAULSEN
Speaker
of
the
House
______________________________
PAM
JOCHUM
President
of
the
Senate
I
hereby
certify
that
this
bill
originated
in
the
House
and
is
known
as
House
File
556,
Eighty-fifth
General
Assembly.
______________________________
CARMINE
BOAL
Chief
Clerk
of
the
House
Approved
_______________,
2013
______________________________
TERRY
E.
BRANSTAD
Governor